the First Hundred Years V^S^jM^^ ^^^^^^Kl mmMmmm BLUE feAND 1835-1935 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY AT nsRANA-CHAMPAlGN flJJNQiS HISTORICAL &Um& Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2012 with funding from University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign http://archive.org/details/firsthundredyearOOvolp THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS 1835 -- 1935 HISTORICAL REVIEW of BLUE ISLAND, ILLINOIS WRITTEN AND COMPILED BY JOHN H. VOLP BLUE ISLAND, ILLINOIS 77, ^ iL DEDICATED TO The Men and Women of a past generation — those sturdy Pioneers who conquered a wilder- ness and laid the foundation of Blue Island, "The City on the Hill." TO The Men and Women of Today, who are striving to make Blue Island a clean, prosper- ous and progressive community. TO The Little Citizens of the Future, on whose shoulders will fall the duty to carry on this work and who must set for themselves ever higher ideals. "Ye, who would learn the glory of your past And form a forecast of the things to be, Give heed to this, a mighty trumpet blast, And see her pictured life in pageantry." — Selected. 1868— John Henry Volp— 1938 From the dim mists of unrecorded time when Lake Michigan's blue waters swirled on the sides of a pro- montory now called Blue Island to the autumn of the year 1935 when a modern city of nearly 20,000 citizens celebrated the Centennial of the establishment of their municipality — that is the scope of this book. Written by a man, born in the community, who made his mark amidst his own people, the book reflects a task of devotion to a typical American city replete with typical American home life. With the help of countless people, the record for this history grew, and grew until a fateful day in February, 1938, Mr. Volp laid down his pen for the last time. His work on that wintry, snowy day, as well as his life itself, was near the final page. Death called in May and the first desire of his devoted family was to see this book printed as quickly as possible. Here it is. "The First Hundred Years" of Blue Island's sorrows anil joys, her faults and her virtues. The book is closed. Yet a relentless and determined historian known as Father Time, is persisting in hourly piling up new data in a new decade of another century which undoubtedly will occupy the attention of some other devoted Blue Islander, still unborn, who will in another day look back on John H. Volp's labor and in remembrance pen "The Second Hundred". —Hill Lakin, December, 1938. FOREWORD F. AS the popular saying has it, "the first hundred years are the hardest."" the people of Blue Island may well congratulate them- selves. For this year, the year of Our Lord, 1935, this community safely rounded out that fateful period. The dangers and hardships of the pioneers; the trials, worries and tribulations of those who guided the infant village, and the "growing pains" of the later stage under city government have all been overcome and today Blue Island stands before the world — a "centenarian" — but a robust one withal its years. And the "first hundred years" have been kind to Blue Island. Those sturdy early settlers whose wisdom and foresight led them to select this, the highest point of land in Cook County, visioned not only homes for their families but, we find, even in the very earliest years, the stirrings of business and commercial activity that foreshadowed the possibilities of fine community development. So Blue Island this year celebrates its golden anniversary — a clean, or- derly, well-kept city of nearly 20,000 souls — a city of many fine homes, good schools, churches and progressive commercial enterprises, second to none in the Chicago area. Those of us who have lived here all our lives, who have watched its development through various stages during the greater part of that first hundred years, feel that not at any time in its previous history have the indications for greater growth and development been so promising as at this time. With railroad facilities excelled by no other city except Chicago, with abundant water, and electricity for light and power, with an almost 100 per cent system of sewers and paved streets, located on the deep waterway canal connect- ing Lake Michigan with the Gulf of Mexico, only a few miles from the country's leading airport, Blue Island offers inducements to the home seeker and manu- facturer equalled by no other city in the great Calumet District. So all honor and credit to those sturdy pioneers who conquered a wilder- ness and laid the nucleus back in 1835 — for Blue Island, "The City on the Hill!" ****** From time to time short historical sketches of Blue Island, have appeared in the local press, in Chicago newspapers and in various pamphlets and publications. These sketches, owing principally to their brevity, have for the most part dealt in generalities with little regard for accuracy and complete informa- tion. Many of the interesting facts and incidents of the early days have been entirely overlooked in these publications. Pieced together from various letters, documents and personal recollections it is undoubtedly true that much of the pioneer history may lack accuracy as regards dates and sequence, but this is true only of the period during the first five or ten years. The writer and compiler of this narrative was born in Blue Island and all of his 67 years have been spent here. For many years he devoted himself to collecting data, pictures, newspapers and souvenirs of Blue Island only to see all destroyed when a skyrocket set fire to his printing plant on July 4th in 1919. Much of the material destroyed never could be replaced. But the ambition to write a comprehensive history of Blue Island has per- sisted, and so, with the 100th anniversary as an incentive, he again devoted himself to the task, believing that a historical review of the past one hundred years would not only prove interesting reading, but would be preserved as a permanent record for future generations. With this thought uppermost in mind special pains have been taken to have the matters set down here as nearly correct historically as possible. Much that has been written in past years, many old records and documents, clippings, maps, drawings and pictures — in fact, an immense lot of such material — all had to be examined and gone over for those matters that would prove of value in a review such as this. Many extremely interesting facts have come to light during the writer's search for information and much valuable aid in this respect has been given by citizens who supplied facts, incidents and pictures of the past. The writer is deeply grateful to those who assisted him in any way and a full acknowledgement of such service will be made in a chapter at the close of this review. Our story divides itself quite naturally into three periods — The Pioneer Period (1835-1872); The Period under Village Organization 1 1872-1902), and the later and present period under City Government 11902-1935). Several early maps and pictures (some of which have never before been seen in print) will be published with each installment of the earlier period, and numerous pictures of the later periods will be shown as the story progresses. The biographical section contains many names of early residents, yet undoubtedly some who should be mentioned here have been omitted. There are two principal causes for such omissions: the first is that the publisher had no information on the subject: the other is that in quite a few cases members of the older families promised to supply the necessary information, but failed to do so. Knowing that no man is infallible the writer begs indulgence for any inaccuracy which may appear in this volume. X/.^sZf? Blue Island, Illinois / / /! September, 1935 (/ [/ BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW CENTURIES BEFORE THE DAYS OF COURTNEY AND REXFORD The Blue Island ridge, as we know it. is con- sidered by geologists somewhat of a geological curiosity, composed, as it is, almost entirely of alluvial drift and lake deposit. Surveys and well borings show that while the territory surrounding the ridge is underlaid with limestone, mostly at a shallow depth, and in some places with very little or no soil covering, drillings made on top of the "island" reach a depth of 70 to 85 feet before the limestone for- mation is encountered. It seems that natural forces deposited here an excessive quantity of loose material upon a rock foundation, much as a child would heap sand or soil on a tabletop. The following is compiled from a Geological Survey of the Chicago Plain : "There seems to be no assignable reason why excessive deposition should have occurred at this place (Blue Island). It is probable that, as left by the glacier, this elevation of drift spread out to the north, east and south with more gentle slopes, such as are now seen on the west, thus forming a broader and less abrupt rise than the present. "At the Glenwood stage of the lake this drift ridge was an island rising 10 to 35 feet above the surrounding waters. The waves beating against this shore on the east and northeast cut away much of the gentle slope and developed a terrace and cliff. The waters from the east and southeast were divided in their flow toward the outlets by this ridge, one part sweeping about the north and the other about the south end. These currents gathered up much of the finer material from the erosion of the cliff and swept it out to the leeward of the island in a pair of spit.-. one at the north end and one at the south. That at the north end is best seen at the Catholic cemetery of Ste. Marie, on the Chicago and Grand Trunk railway. It may be that the bould- ers on the plain at the north end of the Blue Island ridge are the remnants from this erosion. being the coarser material which the waves and currents were unable to carry. The waters flow- ing about the south end of the island formed a deposit of gravel and sand on which is built the city of Blue Island. These gravels are best seen in the excavation just west of the Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific railway station, where they are alternately fine and coarse, with cross- bedding dipping to the west. Cellar excavations also show the bedding as dipping to the south and west." "Blue Island was a true island for ages dur- ing and after the melting of the ice cap which covered it during the glacial period. "The glacial lake known as Lake Chicago and later as the present Lake Michigan, had its out- let through the Desplaines valley and the Sag valley into the Illinois river and from there to the Gulf of Mexico. The Sag valley extended from Blue Island to the present Homewood (see map page 10 1 in width and from here to the present Drainage canal, about 14 miles west. At first Blue Island and Mount Forest island were the only islands in this lake — later Lanes Island and Stony Island appeared out of the receding waters. Geologists believe that during the glacial per- iod the water rose and fell in the different "stages"' of Lake Chicago. The 60-foot or Glen- wood stage was followed by the 40-foot or Calumet stage. The water had outlets through the Calumet-Sag-Desplaines route as well as the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence outlet. The latter oc- casionally was stopped with ice gorges causing variations in the water level. The 30-foot or Tolleston stage then marked the extent of a par- tial resubmergence of the plain. For general purposes it may be stated that Lake Michigan originally had its shore line at the Blue Island ridge. Later it receded to the Michigan avenue ridge at Roseland and finally to its present shore line. "The large boulders found on the surface in this vicinity, mainly granite, also the boulders found embedded in the clay and other soils, were brought here by the glacial ice from points farther north. The surface deposits in the vic- inity of Blue Island are the Drift proper, and subsequently alluvial and lake deposits. "The supply of building stone in the county is very large," continues the report, "and in the lower division of the Niagara group in the Athens (Lemont) quarries is found one of the best building stones in the state, technically known as Athens marble. The clay found throughout the county, especially in the vicinity of Blue Island, presents an excellent material for the manufacture of brick. Sand is abundant PLATE ONE From Geological Survey "The Chicago Plain" Here the waters of Lake Chicago still cover a wide expanse of land — from Dyer, Ind., on the south, and west as far as Palos and LaGrange. The present site of Maywood is still covered by water and Norwood Park is at the edge of the lake. Blue Island is here shown as a true island, fully eight miles off the western shore of the lake. Mt. Forest island has also been exposed by the receding waters near the mouth of the Desplaines river. PLATE TWO From Geological Survey "The Chicago Plain" In this map a considerable portion of land between Blue Island and Palos is shown to have emerged from the receding- waters. Blue Island appears in dotted outline at the eastern ex- tremity of this body of land and its southern base is still washed by the waters of the lake. Lane's Island has emerged above the water and is a true island. The dotted lines at the right show the present shoreline of Lake Michigan. 12 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" all over the county, placed there by the lake. as in a storehouse until the amplitude of build- ing necessities require it. Artesian wells, rang- ing in depth from a few hundred to two thousand feet provide a plentiful supply of good water." Thus with building material, water, and pos- sibly fuel. Cook county has not been neglected in the distribution of prizes in economic geology. FATHER MARQUETTE'S JOURNEY Via Stony Creek and the Calumet River Before proceeding with the story of the com- ing of the first settlers to the "blue island" let us turn back the pages of history a couple of hundred years to the time when the Jesuit Fathers Marquette and Joliet and other French explorers traversed this section. In spite of the claims of some historians, who contend that Father Marquette, in his several voyages of discovery, portaged between the Chicago river and the Desplaines. there is a pre- ponderance of evidence which proves that the route taken by Marquette was not by way of the south branch of the Chicago river, but by way of the Little and Grand Calumet, thence by way of Stony Creek around the lower edge of the "blue island" to the Desplaines river at what is now known as the Sag. There is considerable ground for the belief that Marquette may have camped at a spot not far from the Indian Village which historians say was located on the north bank of Stony Creek, just below the hill, and west of what is now Western avenue. Major Henry W. Lee, of South Chicago, who has spent many years in historical research of the Calumet region, believes firmly that Mar- quette's last journey was by way of Stony Creek. * * * By MAJOR HENRY W. LEE Editor, The Calumet Record Since 1898 When Father Marquette came to the Calumet region and spent the winter of 1674-75 in a cabin near the present site of Hegewisch, there were a number of Indian villages here occupy- ing strategic locations as regarding portages, trails, high land, defensive position, etc. Alfred F. Scharf, noted local expert on Indian affairs, spent fifty years investigating old trails, village sites, portages, etc., in the Greater Chicago area. On Mr. Scharf's map Indian villages are located at Cheltenham, South Chicago, Hegewisch, Thornton, Blue Island, Palos and the Sag. Portages are designated by Mr. Scharf south of Lake Calumet, at Blue Island and west of Palos. He found chipping stations at the Sag, Palos, Stony Island and Cheltenham. In Blue Island in the north-east portion an Indian mound is indicated. The Indian "village" was north of Stony Creek and an Indian camp was found by Mr. Scharf in the south part of Blue Island near the trail later known as the Vincennes trail. When Father Marquette and Louis Joliet made their first trip through the Illinois country they came down from Green Bay via the Fox and Mississippi rivers, reaching the Mississippi in June. 1673. They proceeded south as far as the Arkansas and then began their return trip. They departed from their first itinerary, using the Illinois and Desplaines rivers to shorten their voyage. To quote Father Marquette's journal: "In the spring and during part of the summer there is only one portage of only half a league. We found on it a village of Illinois called Kaskas- kia, consisting of 74 cabins. They received us very well and obliged me to promise that I would return to instruct them. One of the chiefs of this nation with his young men escorted us to the Lake of the Illinois (Lake Michigan)." Marquette was detained at Green Bay through the summer of 1674 by illness. In October he started out with two Frenchmen, Jacques and Pierre, and later they were joined by a party of Indians enroute for the Kaskaskia village. The trip was made in canoes along the west shore of Lake Michigan. This was a slow method compared with the boats, trains, autos and air- planes of today. It was December before Father Marquette wrote in his journal: "Being cabined near the portage two leagues up the river we resolved to winter there on my inability to go further." Prof. Albert D. Hager, Mr. Scharf and John Moses (Moses' History of Illinois, 1889) all are on record that Marquette's route through this part of the country was via the Calumet river. Marquette's own map and journal offer the best evidence. On this map the "Kaskaskia" village is located directly opposite the south end of Lake Michigan. His journal also admits of no other interpretation, in spite of the fact that Chicago enthusiasts have erected a monument in one spot and a mahogany cross at the foot of Blue Island avenue on the Drainage Canal to mark imagin- ary sites connected with the famous missionary. BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 13 The writer of this article read a long paper before the Illinois State Historical Society at its annual meeting in 1912 on "The Calumet Port- age." Many authorities, maps, explorers, official reports and personal investigations are quoted in this paper which was published in the soci- ety's proceedings for 1912. There is neither time nor space available to go into such details now. Those interested may find the publication at all public libraries in Illinois. At Palos (Kaskaskia) the mission of the Im- maculate Conception was established and in 1696 Father Pinet founded the mission of the Angel Guardian among the Miami's, probably on the portage south of Lake Calumet, known as the "Portage des Chenes," (Portage of the Oaks.) The local missions and villages were visited later by Fathers Allouez, Dablon, Gravier, St. Cosme and Membre, as described in their letters. Shortly after Father Marquette spent the win- ter on Indian Ridge, Hegewisch, he is reported to have established the mission at Palos. He then voyaged to the east shore of Lake Michigan where he died shortly after. Other early portages through the Calumet region were: Tonty, September, 1660; LaSalle, March, 1681 ; Tonty, December, 1681 ; LaSalle, 1682; LaSalle with his company and an army of 4,500 Miamis, 1683; two of Tonty's men, 1683; Tonty, May, 1684; Gov. LaForest and party, 1685; Joutel, Abbe Cavelier, five French- men and twelve savages, 1687, and return trip; Allouez with five Frenchmen, including Joutel, and five savages, 1688. Many of the original explorers reported that it would require but one or two small canals across the portages to supply navigation uninter- rupted between the Great Lakes and the Missis- sippi river. It took 260 years to carry out this idea, but it is in operation today. A few years later, soon after the opening of the eighteenth century, this route to the Missis- sippi became so dangerous that it was gradually abandoned and almost forgotten. In 1703 the Kaskaskia tribe removed to the present location of the town that bears their name. An entry in the old Kaskaskia register reads: "1703, April 25, Ad ripam Metchigamea dictam venimus." Fathers Marest and Gravier accompanied them. (Shea's History Catholic Church, Vol. 1, 535.) A manuscript in the library of the Chicago Historical Society by Dr. V. A. Boyer describes the remains of a French fort at Palos, as seen by him in 1833, more than a hundred years ago. I have visited this site on the Lucas farm. Wrought iron axes, powder horns and other evi- dences of French occupation are still in posses- sion of the Lucas family and neighbors. It must be borne in mind that the water shed at Palos is the continental divide between the Great Lakes, or the Atlantic if you prefer, and the Mississippi. This strategic location com- manded the portage between Stony Creek, a Calumet tributary, and the Desplaines. It also commanded the Saugenash Trail that ran along the water shed. It is one of the most beautiful and desirable locations for miles around. Early explorers preferred this route and early surveyors for the Illinois and Michigan canal recommended it in preference to the Chicago route, afterward adopted by means of political influence. One army officer who reported in favor of the Calumet route, was no less a man than Jefferson Davis, a West Point graduate, afterwards President of the Confederate States. But the Illinois and Michigan canal later needed the Calumet Feeder, water from which was pro- vided by a dam, the relics of which may still be seen under Roll's bridge. Then between 1911 and 1922 the Calumet Sag canal was built. The writer had the honor of breaking a bottle of champagne over the first spade. Uncle Sam had a corps of engineers survey- ing the Calumet waterways for years recently. The result is well known. The federal govern- ment will spend millions to improve the Calumet route as the preferred local terminus of the Great Lakes-Gulf waterway. Contracts have been let for three by-passes in the Calumuet-Sag canal west of Blue Island and a total of $2,800,000 will be spent this year on this and other improve- ments in the Calumet river and Lake Calumet. Later the Indiana reaches of the river will be deepened and widened and local transportation by rail, truck and air will be further augmented by harbor and other internal waterway facilities unequalled anywhere. Thus after centuries the ideas of the first explorers are being carried out today. The great Calumet region, explored by Father Marquette 260 years ago, is on the eve of its ultimate culmination — an incomparable hive of industry — the crossroads of the contin- ent — the heart of America! Marquette found the Illinois Indians cere- monious, courteous and very curious. He de- scribed the ceremony of smoking the Calumet pipe in detail. It appears that the Indians in some cases held slaves. They were very fond of feasting. He describes the first course of a meal 14 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" of "sagamite." Indian corn boiled in water and seasoned with fat. The master of ceremonies filled a spoon and put it to his mouth as if he were a child. Fish with the bones care- fully removed was put into his mouth as one would feed a bird. A large dog freshly killed constituted the third course, which the holy father avoided. The fourth course was a piece of wild ox. The Indians gave him belts, garters and other articles made of the hair of bears and cattle, dyed red, yellow and gray. Marquette describes the Indians as divided into many villages, with some difference in their languages, of gentle and tractable disposition. They had several wives of which they were ex- tremely jealous, cutting off their noses and ears when they misbehaved. The Indians were active and skillful with bows and arrows and very war- like, making themselves dreaded by distant tribes where they procured slaves, to barter or sell or use. The Indians knew nothing of iron or cop- per, having only stone knives. Game being plentiful they lived by hunting and fishing and on Indian corn of which there always was a good crop. They sowed beans, melons and squashes. Their cabins were large, roofed and floored with mats made of rushes. They made their utensils of stone, wood and bone. Ladles were made of the skulls of animals. They were liberal in cases of illness. Their garments were made of skins; the women clad modestly and becomingly; the men often not at all. BLUE ISLAND ON HISTORIC GROUND The picturesque region around Blue Island along the Calumet river was once the home and hunting ground of several powerful Indian tribes. The events which occurred here form a part of our national history and are a fascinating study to one who delves in historical research. Blue Island, it is known, was once the site of one of the biggest Indian villages in the vicinity of Chicago, and at Wildwood, just a few miles east of here, on the Calumet river, was a former council place and burying ground of the Indians. The Illini tribe roamed the wilds of Wildwood and it was here their dead started upon the first stage of the journey to the happy hunting grounds. At Wildwood and Blue Island is where in 1769 the allies of Pontiac exacted their terrible ven- geance upon the Illini Indians who refused to join the historic conspiracy to drive the British from the northwest. The great chief Pontiac con- ceived the idea of forming a confederacy of all the Indian tribes and planned to drive the Brit- ish out. He succeeded in enlisting all the power- ful tribes in this part of the country under his banner, except the Illini Indians, who were a peaceful tribe. Pontiac failed to drive out the English because the French did not assist him as they had promised. He was assassinated near Jol- iet by a renegate Illini Indian who received a keg of whisky and some money from the English for what he had done. When the news of Pon- tiac's death became known among the Indians, they immediately demanded venegeance upon the Illini Indians. The Illini Indians were thus forced into battle. They concentrated their forces at Wildwood and Blue Island. Wildwood being the meeting point of several important trails was the scene of the first encounter. The Illini tribe was driven from Wildwood. They retreated to Blue Island where they struggled valiantly against overwhelming odds but were finally driven from Blue Island to Joliet and from Joliet to Starved Rock where they made one last desperate stand. It was at Starved Rock that the last vestige of the Illini tribe made their final battle for existence and it was here they were all killed with the exception of six. One of the six survivors of this desperate and bloody battle was a half-bred named Clark from whom the story of the battle has come down. A few years later the vicinity of Wildwood and Blue Island was again the scene of a bloody conflict, when Brady, the American raider from Peoria, was captured with his men by the British from Fort St. Joseph in the swamps of the Cal- umet. And toward the close of the revolutionary war, when George Rogers Clark and his heroic Virginia riflemen swept down into Illinois, a detachment of his men, under Col. Montgomery, burned the prosperous villages of the Chippewas, Pottawatomies and Ottawas who had settled there after the massacre of the Illini. Truly the ground around and upon which the city of Blue Island now stands is historic soil. Where once the shriek of the tortured and the groans of the dying red man resounded during that vicious massacre, there is now peace and quiet. Bones, battle axes, arrowheads and other relics of the aboriginees which have been dug up even in recent year attest the fury of the early battles which took place in this vicinity. BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 15 A PICTURE OF THE PAST NOTE : The following article was written by N orris W. Quinn a former editor of the Sun-Standard, and was printed in the issue of that paper dated Dec. 9, 1920. It is re- printed here because Mr. Quinn's able pen graphically portrays a scene that undoubted- ly did occur just before the white man's com- ing to this section. There is an old story left by white hunt- ers, who visited the Blue Island ridge sev- eral years before any actual settlement was made, that a lone wigwam stood on the crest of the hill, about where the Metz brewery was later erected. But even this lonely red- skin eventually "folded his tent and silently stole away." # * * It is a hot midsummer afternoon in 1831. The blazing rays of the sun beat down on a spot a few miles west of Lake Michigan in the un- explored and uncharted wilderness of northern Illinois. Ahead rises a great ridge of land covered with timber. A misty haze hangs about the base of the ridge, which, from a distance looks like a vast lake, from which the rough wooded ridge rises like a great blue island. Few white men have ever cast eyes on this scene. Occasionally a wandering French trader, dressed in his buckskin jacket and leggings, carrying a long flint-lock rifle and wearing in his buckskin belt a long hunting knife, has paused on his journey southward and talked with the Pottawatomie Indians in their village at the base of the blue island. In the village, a crude group of deerskin tepees, some unusual activity is taking place to- day. Men are moving hither and thither busily, fat squaws are working about the tepees, braves are talking excitedly in groups. The cause of the excitement is soon visible. A large section of the tribe is preparing to mi- grate. Here and there a tepee, its long, straight poles removed, falls to the ground and a squaw busily folds the dry hides that make up the tepee covering and places them in a bundle, to- gether with other meagre possessions of her family. The bundles are placed across long poles which the squaws place athwart their shoulders and carry to the open space in the center of the camp. Soon the greater number of the skin homes of the Indians have been dismantled and lie in large bundles near the chief's tepee which still stands. Half the braves of the village form a long silent line. They are dressed in buckskin jackets and leggings. Here and there a bright colored blanket shines in the afternoon sun, showing that traders have already disposed of their wares in the village of the great blue island. In their girdles the braves carry knives and hatchets, some made of stone and some of the traders' steel. Most of the warriors carry javelins, stone tipped, but a few have cumbersome rifles and wear powder horns over their shoulders. The squaws form in line behind the braves. Laboriously they lift the ends of their carrying poles to their shoulders. The caravan is about to depart. The old chieftain, sitting before his tepee, has viewed the proceedings disinterestedly. Never for an instant has he relaxed the stoic expression on his weather-beaten face. He puffs with undis- turbed regularity on his long pipe and the little clouds of smoke drift away to join the blue haze. A young man, apparently the leader of the migrating savages steps forward. A gorgeous blanket covers his shoulders. In his hand he carries a long rifle with brightly shining lock. He addresses the chieftain : "My father," he says, "your children are leav- ing, yet you persist in staying. Day by day the white devils crowd more closely to us and soon this land will no longer be ours. "Three times large numbers of your children have left this village and have gone to the free country further west where the bearers of thun- der guns will never penetrate. We are going to join them. I ask you again to abandon your folly and accompany us." The chieftain lays aside his pipe and rises: "It ill behooves you, my son, to reproach your father, made wise by many winters, for folly. It is true that the white devils are daily coming in increasing numbers across the great water. But the land of the blue island is our home and it is here that I shall remain. I have spoken." The chief resumes his seat and his pipe. He watches the long thin line as it wends its way across the blue island to the west. As the sun sets the last toiling squaw has passed out of sight. # * * In the years that intervened between 1831 and 1834 few changes took place in the neighborhood of the big forest-covered hill in northern Illinois which wandering hunters, trappers and traders called the "big blue island." A few Pottawatomie Indians clung with almost a death-grasp to their beautiful homes. True, the younger Indians had for many years been 16 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" migrating in large bands to the far west, fearing lest they should be driven by force from their homes by the invasion of the pale-faced settlers. But the more conservative of the Pottawatomies stayed in their village on the northern crest of the blue ridge, declaring they would die rather than leave the home the Good Spirit had as- signed to them. * * * * # The threatened invasion of the "white devils" from across the lake failed to materialize. Trap- pers, hunters and traders, chiefly Frenchmen, passed frequently through the blue ridge vicinity but they were wanderers and courted the friend- ship of the Indians. None of them built homes on the blue ridge, and in fact, none of them remained in the district save for one or two fleeting nights. But in the late summer of 1834 there came to the blue ridge district a man who was neither a trader, a trapper, nor a hunter. He carried a long flintlock rifle, like the other white men whom the Indians had seen, but he shot only enough animals to provide himself with food. He brought with him no blankets, knives, beads, or rifles to exchange for hides. This man was Thomas Courtney, the first set- tler in the district which we are now pleased to know as "Blue Island." Territorial Development In 1682 the territory which embraced what is now Blue Island was French territory under the government of the Province of Canada. The English Atlantic colonies claimed it as a part of the western extension of their grant, but France perfected its claim and was the first white owner of Cook county. In 1760 it became Eng- lish and in 1778. when this part of the country was conquered by Governor Roger Clark by an expedition sent out by Virginia, it became part of that state by Act of December 9, 1778, passed by both houses of Virginia, and it became "Illi- nois County of Virginia." It remained so until 1784 when the government of Northwest Terri- tory was established. In 1803 it became part of the territory of Indiana and in 1809 it was in- cluded in the Territory of Illinois. In 1818 it became a constituent part of Illinois. In 1814, Blue Island was in Edwards county; in 1816 it was in Crawford county; in 1819 in Clark county; in 1821 in Pike; in 1823 in Ful- ton; in 1825 in Peoria and in 1831 it was in Cook county, which at that time included also the present counties of Lake, Will, McHenry, Du Page and Iroquoise. It was the 54th of the 102 counties of which this state is now composed. Cook county was named after Captain Daniel Cook, the first attorney-general of the state and later a state representative. He was also known as the father of the Illinois and Michigan canal because of his untiring efforts to bring about the building of that waterway. In 1825 what is now Cook county was a part of Peoria county, which then included the entire upper part of the state of Illinois. The city of Peoria was the county seat. Before 1850, Cook county was divided into precincts. In 1831 there were three precincts in Cook county, viz: Chi- cago, Hickory Creek and DuPage. In 1834 there were four — Chicago, the one in which we were included, Hickory Creek, Walkers Grove and Napers (Du Page county). The county then in- cluded the present Will, Kane, Du Page, Mc- Henry, Lake and Cook. Iroquoise county separated from Cook in 1833, Will and McHenry in 1836, and DuPage and Lake in 1839. Cook county as finally re- duced to its present dimensions comprises nine hundred and forty-eight square miles. — Andreas History of Cook County. Indian Boundary Line In 1816 the treaty of Black Partridge was negotiated at St. Louis by Ninian Edwards, Will- iam Clark and Auguste Chouteau with the Ot- tawas, Chippewas and Pottawatomies. This es- tablished the well known Indian Boundary Lines in the north and south sides of Chicago, bound- ing a twenty mile wide strip of land extending southwest from Chicago to the mouth of the Kankakee river, and being the despair of sur- veyors ever after. The southern Indian Bound- ary line runs from the mouth of the Calumet river at South Chicago southwest across Lake Calumet, through Wildwood and south of Blue Island. This cession includes the most import- ant part of Chicago. The Indians, according to the treaty had the right to hunt and fish within the ceded tract as long as it continued to be the property of the United States. The object of this treaty was to construct a military road in order to protect and facilitate the building of the proposed Illinois and Michigan Canal. Section lines within the boundary and those outside do not correspond, thus creating a number of fractional sections, which condition has caused many errors in the description of property, as well as disputes over property lines. THE PIONEER PERIOD From the Earliest Days of Settlement to the Time of Incorporation as a Village 1835 - 1872 18 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" WHY THE NAME "BLUE ISLAND" Much has been written and there have been t nany discussions and much theorizing why the name "Blue Island" was given to this particular piece of land on which our city now stands. Geologists tells us that many centuries before the white man's coming the waters of what is now Lake Michigan, extended far inland beyond the present shorelines. This ridge of land, ris- ing to a height of 40 to 50 feet above the surrounding lowlands, was then indeed an island. Proof that this was undoubtedly so is plenti- fully established because the City of Chicago was built in a swamp and even in 1835 the low- lands surrounding "the ridge" for miles were water-logged and in a swampy condition. All who have lived here twenty-five years or more will remember the big slough to the west and south-west of Blue Island which ceased to exist only when the Calumet-Sag channel was completed, draining all that territory. Also to the east around Calumet lake and north-east where Gresham now stands — who does not re- member the flooded condition of those sections during the spring thaws and after heavy rains? So it does not require a great stretch of im- agination to visualize the vapors that would arise, especially on a hot day, from the stagnant marshes surrounding this ridge with its heavily timbered crown, to picture an island in the midst of an expanse of water. Seen from a dis- tance through a haze the ridge might reasonably have appeared blue, as one sometimes sees mountains that appear of that hue. A novel version, and one that may have con- siderable foundation in fact, was given to the writer by a woman past eighty years old, now living in Chicago. This woman, in her younger days, frequently visited the "island," and the one thing impressed on her mind was the acres of blue flowers (presumably "blue-flags," or wild iris) that grew around the marshy spots at the base of the ridge. (The writer remembers that the wild blue iris once grew in great profusion along the banks of Stony creek and at the edges of ponds.) Another version was advanced by H. B. Rob- inson who related that a certain tribe of Indians resided on the ridge whose custom it was to paint their faces blue. Hunters who used to visit this section referred to these Indians as "the blues of the ridge." Alas, that local archaeology is silent on the subject of "blue Indians!" Well, one explanation is as good as the other, so the reader may take his choice. It is a matter of history, though, that the name was in general use among traders and hunters in this section as early as 1832 when Chicago was a straggling settlement of but a few hundred people. The name was applied generally to the entire ridge or elevation on which the city now stands. This ridge is about six miles long and an average of one and a half mile wide, and rises abruptly to a height of 40 to 50 feet above the surrounding land. The western and eastern slopes of the ridge were heavily timbered while the central table- land was, for the most part, an open plain with scattered groves of great trees here and there. Stony creek, at that time a very sizable stream, wound its way from the north-west closely around the foot of the hill and joined the Cal- umet river a mile farther east. The Little Calumet river, then navigable for a considerable distance, flowed from the southeast toward the bottom of the hill, then almost doubled upon itself and after swallowing the waters of the creek flowed eastward into Lake Michigan. Both of these streams abounded in fish, and water fowl in great flocks could be seen at all times, the reedy shores and heavy brush growths af- fording excellent cover for breeding purposes. The glory of these streams has departed. Stony creek exists no more today having been swal- lowed up by the Calumet-Sag canal and the Calumet river is but a mere trickle of its former turbulent majesty. Civilization has taken its toll — Nature had to give way to man's modern demands ! # * * The early settlers, having traversed the length of the ridge from the north, and coming to its southern abrupt extremity, viewed from its crest a wonderful stretch of level land below traversed by two beautiful streams. Is it any wonder they were thrilled by the sight and laying down their trappings exclaimed, "This is the place; here will we build our homes!" The Chicago Democrat in February, 1834, described the Ridge as follows: "Nearly south from this town (the population of Chicago was about 3000 at this time) and 12 miles distant is Blue Island. This name is peculiarly appropri- ate, it is a table of land about six miles long and an average of two miles breadth, of an oval form and rising some 40 feet out of an im- mense plain that surrounds it on every side. The sides and slope of the table, as well as the table itself, are covered with a handsome growth BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 19 of timber, forming a belt surrounding about four or five thousand acres of beautiful table-land. "In summer the plain is covered with luxur- ious herbiage. It is uninhabited and when we visited it, from its stillness, loneliness and quiet, we pronounced it a vast vegetable solitude. The ridge when viewed from a distance, appears standing in an azure midst of vapor, hence the appellation "Blue Island." Deer abounded here in great numbers as did also small game of every kind. Records left by hunters who visited the ridge say that at times a hundred deer could be seen in a single herd. Wolves also were numerous and these constituted the greatest danger to the lives of the pioneers. Many encounters with these snarling beasts were had and children and livestock were in constant peril from their attack. But a relentless war of extermination was waged by the sturdy frontiers- men and after a few years the wolves were driven to more remote sections. In their last great council with the whites in the autumn of 1833, the Pottawatomie Indians signed away their last Illinois land. The major- ity of the Indians left this territory in 1835, but a considerable number clung to their beautiful ridge hunting grounds until 1847, when they also departed in a caravan said to have consisted of 35 or 40 wagons. Even up into the 60's an occa- sional Indian was reported to have been seen who had returned to visit the former home of his fathers. THE FIRST WHITE SETTLERS To the Blue Island ridge came in the late sum- mer of 1834 a man, Thomas Courtney by name, bringing with him his wife and one child. He had pushed westward from his home in the east, resolved to build himself a dwelling in the wild Illinois forest. For days the little family had made their way through a strange land, beset by all the dangers of an unknown and hostile wilderness. The ele- vated ridge of land which they had sighted a few days before lured them on. Impressed with the beauty of the forest and the open table-land they pushed forward to its southern extremity where the ridge ended abrupt- ly. Standing on the crest of this hill Courtney's gaze rested on a scene of marvelous beauty. To the east, south and west was an unbroken view of a fertile land, traversed close, by by a spark- ling stream, which gave assurance of a plentiful water supply and fish and fowl for food. Courtney decided that here was the end of his journey — here he would build his cabin home and rear his family. For days the buckskin clad man and his wife, who was a real type of those early pioneer women to whom the credit of opening the west largely belongs, lived in the open while Court- ney looked about for a suitable site for his proposed home. Those were dreadful nights. Frequently the young wife, sleeping on the ground in the arms of her stalwart husband, was frightened into wakefulness by the cries of wild animals; often their little child would cry with fright as he heard a rustling in the brush that betokened the approach of forest beast bent on securing food. At last Courtney found a site for his home. Little did that backwoodsman imagine in those wild days of 1834 that on that same spot would later stand the First Lutheran church of Blue Island where hundreds would worship weekly the God who had made possible the successful settlement of the middle west. Courtney cleared away a spot at what is now the corner of Grove and Ann streets, and there erected his primitive home. This consisted merely of a single room en- closed by four walls built of logs, an earthen floor, no windows and only one opening for a door. At one end of the room was a fireplace built of boulders fastened together with clay. Such was the crude home of the pioneer Courtneys. Windowless and floorless the one-room shack stood on the southern brink of the blue ridge, an outpost of civilization in a land of savagery, the vanguard of the thousands of Blue Island homes that were to come. * * * For more than a year the crude cabin of the Courtneys stood alone in the wilderness — for more than a year the little family had no friends or neighbors with whom to associate or spend the long and dreary winter evenings. Trappers and hunters occasionally sought the shelter of the little cabin and several Indians still living on the ridge and disposed to be friendly, would occa- sionally stop with a brief greeting. However small and crude the cabin of the Courtneys may have been it served as the nuc- leus of a settlement. White men like to live together and wherever one cabin went up in the wilderness another was sure to follow. So it was not strange that soon others, im- pressed with the natural charm of the locality, 'BLUE ISLAND HOUSE" Built in 1836 This was the first structure of a permanent character to be erected in Blue Island. It was built by Norman Rex ford in 1836 and for many years served as a hotel and as a home for the Rexford family. The picture printed here is from a drawing repro- duced from a pencil sketch which was made during the early years when the building was still standing. The original sketch is yellowed with age and is a prized posses- sion of the Rexford family. The artist has faithfully copied all the crudities of the original drawing. The sketch was kindly loaned by Fred K. Rexford of Pasadena, Cal. Mrs. Julia Rexford Norman Rexford Mr. and Mrs. Norman Rexford, honored pioneers of Blue Island. So many of the Rexford families were among the first citizens of Blue Island that the name is in- seperably connected with the early history of the city. Photos courtesy Fred K. Rexford, Pasadena, Cal. BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 21 should decide to locate in the vicinity of Court- ney's cabin. Early historians concede that Norman Rexford was the second white man to come to the "blue island" and the first to build a house and make permanent location in what (for brevity's sake) we will hereafter call "Blue Island." He was a native of Charlotte, Vt., where he was born on June 4, 1802. Coming to Chicago by team in 1835 he located for a short time on the northern end of the island in what was then called the "long wood" (the name Longwood is still retained by that section.) Here he erected a four room log cabin and conducted a tavern until November, 1836, when he removed to the southern tip of the ridge, which within a few vears, was to become a thriving settlement. Courtney had selected the western edge of the southernmost tip of the ridge for his cabin and Rexford chose a location about 1000 feet away on the highest point at the southeastern part of the elevation. Quick to vision the business possibilities of such an outpost as this, Rexford at once pro- ceeded to build a hewed frame building for a hotel. This frame, cut and shaped from native timber, was sided with boards drawn by team from Pine Creek, Ind., more than 100 miles dis- tant, the lumber costing $40 per thousand feet. The state government had during the years 1834-35 completed its survey of a military road connecting old Fort Vincennes in Indiana with Fort Dearborn at Chicago. This road was known as the Vincennes trail, afterward changed to Vin- cennes Road and passed through Blue Island. It was later partly made a plank road. So the Rexford inn, known as the Blue Island House, soon became the stopping place for offi- cers passing between the two forts. Wagon traffic was increasing, new settlers were arriving in increasing numbers, anxious to take advan- tage of the commercial opportunities of a new settlement. Many were the strange travellers who spent nights at that primitive inn and sat through the evening before the open fireplace, smoking their pipes and exchanging stories of the wilderness with the genial host. The Blue Island House stood on the east side of what is now Western Avenue (then the Wab- ash Road) about halfway between the present Grove and Fulton streets. The bluff at that time was much steeper and more abrupt than it is now and the view from the hotel commanded a wide sweep of the lower-lying territory to the south and east. As business increased the inn was enlarged and it continued a landmark until 1858, when it was destroyed by fire. During the height of its popularity many a social gathering was held therein and many of the pioneers of Chicago and other points twenty and thirty miles distant often drove there to trip the "light fantastic" upon its floor, usually remaining to breakfast before returning home. In the spring of the year the prairie roads were often almost impassable. It was customary with Mr. Rexford to hang beacon lights in the upper windows of the hotel on dark nights as a guide to all belated travellers who might be struggling through the mire or the severe storms of the winter. Mr. Rexford sold his hotel in 1852 and re- moved to a farm which he owned on the north- west side of the village. This farm was on the north side of Burr Oak avenue, just across from the old Blue Island cemetery. Heber S. Rexford, brother of Norman Rexford, came to Chicago in 1832 and took up a claim in what was then known as the "Yankee Settle- ment" (Cooper's Grove). He lived with his brother at what is now Morgan Park from June until March of the following year, when he moved into the small log house he had built on his claim. The country being a wilderness, his family soon became dissatisfied and they all returned to Coshocton county, Ohio, where they lived nine years. But Mr. Rexford had tasted the wild freedom of western frontier life and in 1846 he returned to Blue Island and made per- manent settlement here on a farm on the north side of Burr Oak avenue, just west of where the Grand Trunk tracks now are. Heber S. Rexford died here in 1882. This farm was later occupied by his son, Everett H., and was generally known as the "Rexford farm." Charles Pronger and the Pronger Bros, road contracting plant now occupy this farm. Peter Barton came here in 1837, the year following Norman Rexford's arrival. Barton seems to have been somewhat of a promoter. He it was who envisioned the strategic import- ance of Blue Island's location as a link on the Vincennes trail connecting Chicago with points south and east. Peter Barton and Norman Rex- ford improved the main highway leading into Blue Island known as the Wabash Road and Barton platted the section below the hill, begin- ning at the Calumet river and running west to the section line just east of the Wabash Road (now Western Avenue) and between Stony Creek on the north and the east and west sec- tion line (now the boundary line between Calu- met and Thornton townships) on the south. He called it "Portland," named the streets, located a public square (presumably for a court house) and predicted that the future community would 22 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" be built there. He erected a log store building on Western Avenue (then Wabash Road) char- tered a schooner to bring supplies by way of the Calumet river route and did everything he could to induce settlement of his tract. The early settlers, however, preferred the higher land of the ridge and while that section, which called itself "Blue Island," increased in importance and population it was not until fully twenty years later that we find any appreciable number of settlers "below the hill." Stephen Jones, a native of Broome County, N. Y., located in the new settlement of Blue Is- Norman Barton Rexford first white male child born in Blue Island. He was the father of Frank, Susan, Will, Fred and Charles Rexford. The first three named are deceased. Fred and Charles live in California. Photo Courtesy P. K. Rexford. land in 1836, being one of three who in that year established residence here. He opened a wagon shop and carried on that line of business most of the time until his death in 1851. The Jones' home was the one "farthest south," being located on the Wabash Road (Western Ave.) south of Stony creek. He was the father of S. D. (Decatur) Jones, for many years a well known and leading business man of Blue Island. John Brittain came in 1837 and built a black- smith shop on Western avenue a short distance from the Rexford Hotel. It was not a thriving business at the start but in time it became a valuable accessory to a growing settlement. Since all hauling of supplies had to be done those days over great distances and over rough, and at times almost impassable roads, the dri- vers of those heavy wagons and ox-carts which needed repairs would seek Brittain's shop. Occa- sionally also the village smith would be called on to shoe the horse of an army officer or of some trader passing through the settlement. Zachary Wilson, who came in 1838, started to build himself a home, but did not live to com- plete it. He was taken ill and died during the winter. This property was later purchased by Germanicus Cooley, who arrived in 1839. Cooley finished the house Wilson had started to build. The "Wilson lot" as the property was known, was located on the east side of Western avenue, a short distance north of Rexford's Blue Island House, and close to Brittain's blacksmith shop. Henry Robinson later built on the lot situated between the hotel and the Wilson lot. Robinson later platted a portion of Blue Island lying south of Vermont Street, west of Greenwood avenue and extending across Stony creek east to Western avenue and south to the section line. Horace Hunn came in 1839 and located near Western avenue and Burr Oak "street" and Carl- ton Wadhams came a year later and took claim on a tract of land in the same neighborhood which he developed in a farm. The American House Wadhams sold his farm in 1844, moved into the more settled section of the Island and erected a tavern building on the west side of Western avenue, just north of Vermont street, which was known as the American House. This property was later bought by John Klein and has been in possession of that family ever since. The old building was torn down 38 years ago when the Commercial Block was built. The Commercial building and the building in which Woolworth's are located now occupy the land where the American House once stood. There is an interesting history connected with this old tavern, the lumber of which it was built having come from a building at Liverpool, Ind., that was originally intended to be a court house. But Crown Point became the county seat and Liverpool had no use for its court house. So it was taken apart, rafted down Deep river and thence by way of the Calumet river to Blue Is- land, where it was reerected. This was in the early 40's. Carlton Wadhams was the first owner, followed by J. P. Young and N. J. Jackson. It was patronized for a time by southern people as a summer boarding house. During the building of the feeder canal it was a favorite stopping place for the contractors and bosses engaged on the work. At the close of the Civil War the BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 23 building was used for a time as a home for old soldiers. Later, when it was being dismantled to make way for the Commercial building, it was cut in two and Jacob Link bought one sec- tion and had it moved to the north end of town. He remodeled it into a home and it now is loca- ted at 2336 Collins street. Wadhams at that time owned all of the land, comprising 80 acres, lying between Western avenue and Maple avenue, and from Vermont street north to Burr Oak avenue. He later sold this property to J. P. Young. * * # Post Office Established 1838 In 1838 a postoffice was established at Blue Island and Norman Rexford served as postmas- ter for a number of years, during which time his son, Fayette, carried the mail on horseback from Chicago to Bunkum, 111., a distance of ninety miles, making weekly trips. This route also served Thornton, Bloom and Crete. Letter postage was twenty-five cents and nearly every house along the sparsely settled route was a postoffice. The official name of the postoffice was "Worth," but the settlers preferred to call it Blue Island. The latter name was not given to it by the postoffice department until 1860 and in 1872 it became the legal name of the village. "In 1831 there was no post office in Chicago, and no mail route to the place. The inhabitants sent a half-breed to Niles, Mich., once in two weeks for mail. "Up to April 10, 1834, there was but one mail a week received in Chicago and this mail was carried from Niles, Mich., on horseback, generally by an Indian, to Chicago." — Chicago Democratic Press, March 10, 1854. "Mail route No. 2832, from Iroquois, by way of Lorraine, Thornton and Portland (Blue Is- land) to Chicago 85 miles and back, once a week. Leave Iroquois every Monday at 7:00 a. m., arrive at Chicago the next Wednesday at 6:00 p. m."— Chicago Democrat, May 1, 1839. In 1845 a mail route was established from Blue Island to Hadley and Joliet, via Bachelor's Grove, thirty miles, once a week. Leave Blue Island, Thursday 6:00 a. m., arrive Joliet 6:00 p. m., same day, and another from Blue Island via Thornton, Crete, Kankakee to Lafayette, Ind. In 1846 a new mail route from Chicago to Blue Island, Thornton, New Strasbourg, Crete, Lorraine and other points, was laid out. Henry Robinson, H. H. Massey, Cyrus B. Sammons, Dr. Harmon, Ferdinand Schapper, H. B. Robinson, Orrin Kile, Emil Boehl, and F. G. Diefenbach were among the pioneer period post- masters here. Heber S. Rexford, who had first visited "Blue Island" in 1834, came again two years later when the Courtney familv were the only white people Fayette D. Rexford who as a boy 11 years of age car- ried the mail on horseback once a week between Chicago and points in Illinois and Indiana ninety miles distant. Photo Courtesy P. K. Rexford. living here. In an article printed in the Stand- ard many years ago Mr. Rexford describes his visit to the Courtney hut as follows: "When I approached the place a man came rushing out from behind a blanket hung in the open doorway and ran into the brush, like a wild man. He was at that time partially de- ranged, but subsequently recovered and lived among us a long time and was one of our useful citizens." History is strangely silent about this man Courtney. That he was no myth and really did exist and built the first cabin on the southern extremity of the Blue Island ridge, there is no doubt. Heber S. Rexford's reminiscences bear out these facts. The writer has searched many old records and papers in an effort to find some further mention about this first pioneer, but be- yond Mr. Rexford's statement that "Courtney lived many years in the settlement and became a useful citizen" there is nothing more. In 1891. when the writer was associated with Wade Errett in the publication of The Standard, we published an historical booklet in which the bare facts about Courtney, as above stated, 24 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS' were given. At that time I remember we tried to learn the cause of Courtney's mental derangement but found no one who would vouch for a story that was told. That story was as follows: During the severe winter of 1835, Court- ney's wife became dangerously ill. All alone in his crude hut with the suffering woman, and unable to traverse the miles of snow-swept prairie to obtain a doctor, Courtney stood by helplessly and saw the poor woman pass away in great agony. Crushed by the severity of this blow, the realization of his loneliness and help- lessness in a cruel wilderness, and the worry over his motherless child, caused his mind to be unseated. However, the arrival within a few months of other settlers served to buoy the spirits of the stricken man, and, as Mr. Rexford stated, he again became a useful citizen. * # * Ten years later, in 1846, Heber Rexford re- turned and then established permanent residence here. Quoting again from Mr. Rexford's rem- iniscences, he says: "When I returned to Blue Island in 1846 there were eight houses in the settlement, one of which was a hotel where you could have supper, breakfast, lodging, and hay for your horse for 62% cents. There was one store kept by Henry Robinson, one blacksmith shop by John Brittain and one wagon shop by Stephen Jones. The first school was conducted by Dr. H. Douglass in a private home for a short term. Then the people got together and each contributed some portion of the material and furnished labor and soon we had quite a comfortable school house. It was a long one-story building and stood on the north side of Vermont street across the alley from the present Whittier school. It answered the purpose of school, courts, elections, religious meetings, etc. It was later converted into a Free Will Baptist church. Then it was used for a private dwelling, moved to six or seven different locations and finally came to rest on Greenwood avenue. "We were not bigoted those days," Mr. Rex- ford goes on to say, "and all attended the relig- ious meetings whether Methodist, Baptist or Universalist. A traveling Methodist preacher, who was a farmer near Kankakee, would stop over on his way to Chicago with a load of pro- duce on Saturday morning, bring his store clothes in a trunk, preach on Sunday, doff his Sunday clothes and proceed to market Monday morning. He stood 6 feet 6 inches high, was unlearned, very uncouth, and if he wished to convey an idea for which the English language had no word, it was no trouble for him to coin one to express his thoughts exactly. Yet we all appreciated the thoughtfulness which prompted him to preach to us." But with the influx of travellers, traders and new arrivals the early peacefulness of the settle- ment was occasionally disturbed by quarrels, personal encounters and other petty misdemean- ors. The law-abiding element felt that some legal authority empowered to deal with such matters must be established. So an election for the pur- pose of choosing a constable and police magis- trate was held. Continuing his narrative Mr. Rexford says: "Your humble servant was assigned to the office of magistrate, which office he held for a space of sixteen years. S. D. Huntington was elected constable and I do not think the negroes of the South ever entertained half so extravagant ideas of the powers of bulldozers as did the majority of our then population of the functions of 'Mr. Heber and Mr. Sam.' I was clothed in their minds with almost unlimited powers, but Sam was a terror to evildoers. None were insane enough to dissent when Sam indicated his wish." # * * The arrival of a stranger in the settlement was an event of importance those days. After the trader had regaled himself with food at the inn, frequently the whole village would gather about while he smoked his pipe and told the news of other sections of the wilderness. The traveller would tell of trouble with the Indians, of the opening of new trading posts, of the assignment of new units of troops to federal forts and some- times would relay some bit of news of national or international importance that he had learned from a newcomer at a frontier outpost. At the general store kept by Henry Robinson one could buy anything from gunpowder to trousers. The store also served as an open forum. Around the stove the men of the settle- ment would gather of an evening and, between puffs on their pipes, would discuss the problems of pioneer days. All the supplies for the store — hardware, am- munition, flour, bacon, farm produce — had to be hauled in either from Chicago or from points south reached via the Vincennes trail over roads that at times were well-nigh impassable. Drain- age was left to nature and in the spring and fall, or after prolonged summer rains, the roads were veritable quagmires which sometimes held up traffic for days and caused stocks of some merchandise to become entirely depleted. Mr. Rexford relates that he has seen as many as fifty wagons and carts in a single one of such caravans. Carts drawn by oxen were num- \-o ViJI!! 03 t» sr * 26 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" erous those days and a number usually were included in these merchandise trains. Deer and smaller game of all sorts abounded, so, that unhampered by any game law restric- Everett H. Rexford Served (1893-1899) as Village Trustee and one term as Presiden t of the Village Board. tions, all the early settler had to do when he wanted fresh meat was to take his gun and walk a mile or so from his cabin when his wants were soon supplied. Daniel Staunton, Ed Slocum, Carlton Wadhams, S. D. Huntington were among the noted hunters of the time. Wild fowl, both land and water, abounded and the creek and river teemed with fine fish. Benjamin Sanders came to the settlement in 1845 and located on the land where Central Park is now situated. He built himself a home and platted an addition to the village which extended from Gregory street at the top of the hill eastward across what is now Rock Island yards to State street, and between Union and York streets as its north and south boundaries. It was one of the largest and most valuable additions platted to that date. Sanders school on the east side was named in honor of this pioneer. In 1867, when a committee visited Blue Island seeking a site for a normal school, Mr. Sanders, who was then a member of the Cook County Board of Commissioners, used everv influence in his power to have the school located here. After considerable effort and in order not to lose valuable time, the committee was prevailed on to hold an experimental term of two years here. Space in the public school buildings was allotted to the use of the Normal and Professor Wentworth was put in charge. This probation- ary period proved very beneficial and by author- ity of the County Board the school was made a permanent institution. During that period, how- ever, land had been bought and buildings erected at Normal, in the Town of Lake, (Chicago), and when those buildings were completed the school was moved there. Sanders later became the first president of the village board. He lived in the homestead he built for himself here until the time of his death in 1880. Nellie Sanders, an adopted daughter, married Oliver Bourke, who later took an active part in the community's development and, by an odd concidence, was the last village president when Blue Island was incorporated as a city. * * * Schools of the Early Days Children of the settlement suffered great in- convenience from lack of educational facilities. Most of them learned the rudiments of reading and writing and ciphering from their parents in" the homes of the village. During the first few years no one paid much attention to this defic- iency as all the able-bodied men and women were more concerned with the task of home-building, and providing the stark necessities and modest comforts of existence in a wild country. Brush and trees had to be cleared away and roadways of a sort laid out and made passable. Modest gardens began to appear beside a few of the cabins. The first attempt at teaching regular classes of which there is any record in the early history, was that of the Misses Elizabeth and Abigail Per- iam, who opened a school for girls in 1845 on the soutb-east corner of Western avenue and Crove street, near the Blue Island House. This school existed several years. The pupils were mostly from the village but several came from neighboring settlements. Miss Mary Perkins conducted a private school in her home near Grove and Ann streets in the late 40's. Miss Perkins later was one of the first teachers in the public school. Mrs. Thomas McClintock and daughter Mar- ion, conducted a private school in their home on Vermont street near the bottom of the hill, for about three years in the late 40's. The attend- ance here grew so fast that a lean-to addition to their house had to be built, but the private BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 27 school was discontinued when the first public in that primitive little cabin. Teaching here school was opened. Along with the arrival of was carried on just about a year when the Rock many German settlers in the village came also Island acquired the land. The cabin was then the need of schools taught in that language. moved north to Walnut street, near Western Carl Adams had a German school on Grove avenue, and was used many years as a residence street, west of Henry street in 1856-57. He had by Otis Wattles. But in 1848, when the settlement numbered thirty-two families, organized effort to provide educational facilities for the children was launched. The result, as already previously stated, was the building of a one-story frame building on a lot on Vermont street, just east of the present Whittier school. This building also served the purpose of "town hall" and here public gatherings of all sorts were held when school was not in session. This little building had a large door in the middle of the front, two windows on each side, no windows in front and only a door in the back. When the new and larger building was built in 1854 the old build- ing was sold and afterwards passed through several ownerships. Blue Island's First School House Built in 18Jf8, moved many times and put to many uses, it- still stands today and has been re- modeled into a comfortable residence. — Photo courtesy Mrs. Aug. Keck. the reputation of being a hard task master. His school was open about two years. Samuel Wuest had a private German school in 1857 on the north-side of Grove street, be- tween Henry street and Greenwood avenue. He closed after about two years of operation and then in 1860, Joseph Abel opened a school for Germans. The latter school was in operation only about a year. All of these schools, while they served a very valuable purpose, were of the most primitive sort and the furnishings were in keeping with the period. Usually there were only a number of long benches for the scholars to sit on. Then when they had to write the scholars sat on the floor and used the benches for desks. The Bauer brick building on Western avenue near the creek was also used for school purposes at one time. In 1846-47 the first attempt at starting a public school was made in a little cabin somewhere near what would now be the intersection of Grove and Gregory streets. That was several years before the Rock Island railroad was built through and the brow of the hill extended much farther to the east than it does now. History has left no record as to the teacher who taught The Second and Larger School It was built in 185 U and was named "Whittier". The picture shown here was reproduced from a sketch appearing on an old map of Blue Island. R. N. Day, who at that time was engaged in the wagon and carriage business, bought it and used it for a time as a paint shop. He then sold it to the Baptist organization who moved it to Greenwood avenue and remodeled it into a church. It served this purpose for a number of years and when the Baptists disbanded it again passed into other hands, was remodeled into a residence and moved to another loca- tion on Greenwood avenue. Mrs. Knirsch bought it some time in the early 80's and lived in it until the time of her death. 28 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS' It has changed ownership a couple of times since then and now is owned by Wm. Einhorn who occupies it with his family. Mr. Einhorn remodeled the front and interior of the building since buying the property and the other changes which the building has undergone from time to time have left little semblance of its original Pioneer Educator Professor Seymour, after whom the Seymour school at Maple ave- nue and New street was named. — Photo courtesy Mrs. Albert Schmidt. appearance. However, the frame of this build- ing, which was made of native timber hewn in the fashion of those pioneer days, is still strong and has defied the ravages of time and the strain of repeated movings from one location to an- other. This building, which we believe to be the old- est structure left of those early days, is located at 13111 Greenwood avenue, just north of Grove street. Wm. Hamilton, Daniel Barnard and a Miss Perkins were among the teachers in the first school. D. 0. Robinson taught in the last term of the old building. Prof. Rodney Welch, later of the editorial staff of the Chicago Times, and Miss Mary Maxen were the first teachers in the new build- ing, which originally contained only two rooms, but was from the first a graded school. A couple of years later a south wing was added to the original building, and soon another addi- tion in the shape of a wing on the north side of the building became necessary. This pro- vided eight commodious rooms and by the early 80's the teaching staff had increased in propor- tion. Professor J. W. Troeger, a very compe- tent educator, was the principal in charge at that time assisted by the following teachers: Misses Clark, Starbuck and Hegan in the grammar grades; Miss Bose, intermediate, and Misses Kieth and Swan in the primary department. Heber Rexford, in his reminiscences, tells of an incident that happened during the early days when Prof. Seymour and his wife were in charge of the school. It seems the teachers proved unpopular with the scholars, a condition which seemed to be mutual and which did not augur for the best interests and success of the school. According to Mr. Rexford's version: "There was much of the time an intense war- fare carried on between the teachers and scholars, and the feeling was so intense at one time, that the latter deposited at the teacher's door a large dead dog, when out came the teacher and his fur- ious wife and gave hot pursuit, she capturing one of the culprits, taking him into her house, and detaining him until he promised to do better." There seems to be a large question whether the above criticism of Professor Seymour was justified. The writer interviewed several of our Professor M. T. DeWitt An educator of the early village days. The DeWitt school on the south side, now no longer in use, bore his name- — Photo courtesy Mrs. Albert Schmidt. older residents who either attended school under him or knew him personally and without excep- tion all spoke well of Professor Seymour and his estimable wife. He was honored by having one of the school buildings named for him. Mr. BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 29 Seymour later became state superintendent of schools of California. M. T. DeWitt, a young man from Pennsyl- vania was later engaged, who, after a persistent effort, brought order out of chaos. He taught several terms and was well liked. The DeWitt school on the south side was named after this pioneer educator. * * * *Early Religious Meetings The first religious services, as has already been stated elsewhere, were held in the little schoolhouse which stood near the site of the present Seymour- Whittier school building. There were no denominational divisions and people of all faiths gathered here for worship for quite a number of years. Heber Rexford has told of the Methodist preacher from Kankakee who stop- ped over and held services every time he took a load of produce to Chicago. Intinerant preachers of other faiths also paid occasional Old Bauer House Built by Henry Bauer in 185If, on Western Ave- nue, near Stony Creek. One of the first buildings using brick of local manufacture. During the early days it served as home for the family and lodging place for transient guests. Also on oc- casion used as school and place of worship. — Photo courtesy Mrs. Albert Schmidt. visits, but up until the early fifties there was no thought of denominational division. By that time, though, there had been quite an increase in population and groups of kindred faith began to hold separate meetings. The German Methodist society of Blue Island, Sandridge and Black Oak, was organized in 1854, and had at that time thirty-seven members. This society was the first to erect a church edifice in Blue Island. This church stood on the brow of the hill just south of Grove street, on the west side of Henry (Artesian street.) The Universalists, to which faith most of the early settlers adhered, had held separate meet- ings as early as '49-50. At that time the fam- ilies professing the Universalist faith were the Joneses, Rexfords, Days, Robeys and Cooleys. Jonathan Day, a circuit rider, lived here, and other traveling ministers made frequent visits and held services. By 1865 the Universalists had a strong organization and that year built a church edifice on Greenwood avenue and High street. The first efforts to organize a Congregational society were made in October, 1859, when a Rev. Rankin, a missionary on the Illinois Cen- tral Railroad, preached here and studied the prospects for an organization of the church. The report was favorable and Rev. H. L. Hamil- ton was sent to supply until an organization was effected. That was done in January, 1860, and in 1865 a church building was erected on York street. The first services of the Catholic church were held in 1854, and in 1861 the Church of St. Benedict was erected. The pastoral duties were, until September, 1883, performed by the priest in charge of the church at Washington Heights. Meetings of people professing the Lutheran faith were held here as early as 1861-62. At first these meetings were held in the home of Peter Engelland on the south limits of the vil- lage and later as attendance increased rapidly, in the Bauer brick building at the foot of West- ern avenue. So on January 23, 1863, an organ- ization of the German Evangelical Lutheran society was perfected with a membership of 66. May 26, 1863, the cornerstone of the church on Grove street was laid with appropriate cere- monies. The Methodist society (English) was organ- ized in August, 1873, with twenty-four members. Many of these had formerly been attendants at the Congregational church. In the spring of 1874 the erection of a church was begun and on October 24, 1874, the edifice was dedicated. *NOTE— A complete history of all of the churches located at present within the city limits will be found in a special chapter in a later portion of this book. * * * Among other early arrivals in the settlement we find the Lewis family, the Youngs, Atwoods, Braytons, Masseys, Greens, Mulderinks, Guen- thers, Roches, Eames, Days, Lanes, J. B. Fox, the McCords, Gilsons, Minards, Cools, Thos. McClintock and others, all of whom figure in the pioneer history of the community. The Guenthers lived for a time in a house that stood on Vermont street, near Western ave- nue, but later moved to the north end of the village where Mr. Guenther engaged in farming. He early identified himself with the civic ac- tivities of the township and village. Served for 30 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" eleven years as supervisor of Worth township, was a school director and village trustee, served many years as a road commissioner, and for three years as member of the Board of County Commissioners. Three daughters, Anna, Emma and Kate, still live in the family home at Burr Oak and Greenwood avenues. The Eames, Lewis and Mulderinks located north of Burr Oak avenue. The Atwoods located further northwest near where Oak Hills cemetery is now located. J. B. Fox built a home just north of the Sanders place and the McCord, Gilson and Minard families located on farms west and south of the village but later moved into the village proper. Joshua P. Young came here from Sweden, N. Y., in 1856 and purchased eighty acres of "Roche's Woods", as it was known locally was the last natural remnant of Blue Island's once beautiful native woodlands. This tract of tim- ber, lying west of Maple avenue, extended all the wav from Union street south to York street, and ran back down the western slope of the ridge to the railroad tracks. Mr. Roche guarded this tract of native woods jealously and permit- ted no one to disturb its natural condition. After his death it was sold and subdivided and is now known as Highland Square and contains many of Blue Island's most beautiful homes. When the village was incorporated in 1872, Mr. Roche was elected a trustee and served in that capacity two years. Miss Emily Roche, a daughter, is the only member of the family still living here. Mr. and Mrs. Hart Massey and Family. Their home was on the present site of the First National Bank, the house facing south on Vermont street. Two daughters, Hattie and Ella, were teachers here in the early days. land lying between Western and Maple avenues and extending from Vermont street north to Burr Oak avenue, now the most valuable resi- dence property in the city. A few years later he built himself a fine home on York street (where the Public Library now stands). He subdivided his Blue Island property and also began dealing extensively in Chicago and suburban property. In company with John K. Rowley he platted the town of South Lawn, now Harvey. Walter P. Roche came to Blue Island from Chicago, where he had been engaged until 1854 in the manufacture of cigars and tobacco. At one time he owned considerable land in and near the village. Until a few years ago Hart Massey, a native of Watertown, N. Y., located in Blue Island in 1858, and for many years was engaged in the fire and life insurance business. He built a fine home on the corner of Western avenue and Vermont street, where the First National Bank is now located. The house faced south on Vermont street and was surrounded by a row of stately maple trees that were the admiration of all who saw them. Mr. Massey was a signer of the petition for incor- poration of Blue Island as a village and when that was effected in 1872 he was appointed vil- lage clerk, however, serving only one short term. Richard Bingle settled at the north-west corner BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 31 of Western avenue and Grove street, which later was known as the Whitebeck homestead. John Englehart located in Blue Island in 1848, working for several years on the feeder canal and on the Rock Island railroad. He then engaged in the saloon business and in 1857 built a two-story brick building on the west side of Western avenue, just across the street from where Norman Rexford's pioneer Blue Island House had stood. Englehart called his place the Union House and conducted it for many years as saloon and hotel. He had a large barn in connection and it soon became the favorite stopping place for teamsters, cattlemen and other transient guests. This building still stands, but it has long since ceased being a hotel. It was remodeled several years ago and fitted up for general store rooms. Charles D. Robinson located on a farm a short distance outside of the Blue Island settle- ment in 1840 where he engaged in farming until 1849. He then moved into the village, built a store on Western avenue and engaged in gen- eral merchandising, which he followed for twenty-five years. During this period he be- came interested in a new settlement at what is now Homewood and built the first business house there. The town was platted in 1852 by James Hart and until 1865 was known as Hartford, when the name was changed to its present name, Homewood. Samuel D. Huntington, located here in 1845, after he and several other men had driven a large flock of sheep from the East to Illinois. They came through with the flock and located on the prairie near 99th street, Chicago, where they spent the winter of 1844-45 in a board shanty. This job having been finished, Mr. Huntington made a location at Blue Island and began to "grow up with the country." He engaged in farming and stock raising and later in railroading. He was the first constable elec- ted in the settlement and served in that capacity sixteen years. Henry R. ("Hank") Huntington, a son, was one of the first and best known passenger train conductors on the Chicago and Rock Island railroad out of Chicago. Heber S. Rexford, who:e name has several times been mentioned in this historical review, was one of the leading and most active figures in the development of the village. Locating here in 1847, he obtained a contract to carry United States mail from Blue Island to Iroquois, 111., making two trips a week, for which he received a compensation of $598 per year. This service was discontinued when the Illinois Cen- tral railroad was built, the mail thereafter being dispatched by train. Mr. Rexford then bought forty acres of farm land north of Burr Oak avenue and engaged in agriculture. He was elected county treasurer in 1870, a position he did not solicit, nor did he think he could be elected, but he received a majority of nearly twelve thousand votes. He had to furnish bonds to the amount of $2,400,000 for the office. When the Chicago fire occurred, in 1871, it was thought for a time that his books had been destroyed but they came through in good shape. Everett H. Rexford, who became prominent in the later affairs of the village government, was a son of this pioneer citizen. * 48- * Many German Settlers Arrive 1848-60 Although the original settlers of Blue Island were of English or Eastern "Yankee" birth the years between 1848 and 1860 witnessed such an influx of men and women of German birth or extraction that soon the "Yankees" (as they were called) were far outnumbered. This condi- tion led to a peculiar situation which in later years was to play an important part in village government affairs. Among the first German settlers we find such names as August Schreiber who came in 1848; Theodore Guenther (1846), John Engelhardt (1848), Ernst Uhlich (1849), Wm. Baumbach (1850), Fritz Boeber (1851), Christian Krueger ( 1851) , Edward Seyfarth (1851) , Louis A. Krue- ger (1852), H. W. Schmitt (1854), Herman Schmitt (1854), Wm. Sorgenfrei (1855), Fred- eric Hune (1854), Christ Ahlschlaeger (1854), J. Albert Wuest (1856), John Staffel (1859), Chas. Ellfeldt, Louis Brandt, August Bulle, Gott- fried Vogtman, Bernhard Reiner, Ferd. Schap- per, Henry Bose, Peter Engelland, Conrad Kich, F. Sauerteig, Henry Bauer, Henry Werner, Peter Besgen, F. Schild, Philip Hector, Theo. Jauchzer, Philip Zorn, the Merkelbachs, Watermans, Flas- sigs, Rinkenbergers, Diefenbachs, Eidams, Eich- hoffs, Kichs, Daemickes, Meyers and many others. Several of these families located in the orig- inal town of "Portland" — that section generally known as the "south side." Bernhard Reiner, Conrad Kich, John Staffel, Peter Engelland, Jacob Thoeming, F. Schild, Peter Besgen, Ferd. Daemicke were a few of the first settlers on the south side. August Schreiber bought property below the hill on James street and opened a hardware store which is still doing business under the manage- ment of his sons and grandsons. George Bauer bought on the west side of Western avenue adjoining the creek and for many years conducted a slaughterhouse there. 32 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" His brother Henry, built the first brewery in Blue Island the product of which became known far and wide throughout this section. This brew- ery was located on James street near Western avenue. Ernst Uhlich, a native of Saxony, Germany, was a carpenter by trade but later engaged in the real estate business in Chicago. Locating in Blue Island in 1849 he built himself a pala- tial home, the grounds of which occupied the entire frontage on Gregory street between York and High streets. This home was one of the show places of the village for many years. It is now occupied as the home of the Sisters of St. Mary, who operate St. Francis Hospital which adjoins and also is located on the former Uhlich property. Henry Volp and family came from Baltimore in 1862, first located on the Capt. Swigler farm in the north end of town, and a few years later bought property and built a home at Broadway and Rexford streets. Charles Strickert and George Reichert located near each other on Rexford street, near the south village limits. William Black, of Scotch birth, located in Blue Island in 1858 and opened a blacksmith shop on Western avenue near the Conrad Kich home. He conducted this business until 1890 when he re- tired and moved to Walnut street where he had built a new home. Peter Engelland built his home south of and next to Conrad Kich's home on Western avenue. The Lutherans held church services in this house for quite a while and it was here the First Lutheran congregation was organized. John Staffel bought property on the corner of .Western avenue and the "feeder road", as Canal street was then known. A wagon builder by trade he soon opened a shop and carried on this business for many years. He built the first hook and ladder truck for the Blue Island vol- unteer fire department. He was elected a vil- lage trustee in 1881 and served for a number of years. Ludwig Krueger settled north of Burr Oak, between Western and Vincennes avenues, where for many years he was engaged extensively in farming. * * * Peter Schroeder and Herman Bahner bought the Blue Island House from Norman Rexford in 1852. They conducted the business about three years when they sold out to Jacob Boehl and it was under the latter's ownership the building was destroyed by fire. In the early 60's Boehl erected the brick building, which although considerably altered, stands today on the site of the pioneer Blue Island House. The Town "Portland" The original "Town of Portland" as laid out and platted as a town-site by Peter Barton and others, consisted of that part of Blue Island lying south of Vermont street and extending from Western avenue (Worth-Calumet township line) east to the Calumet river. The southern boundary line was the Calumet-Thornton town- ship line, excepting the north-east *4 of Section 6 in Town 36, which lay south of the township line. With a navigable river at its door it was naturally supposed that Portland would be- come a river town so both banks of the Calumet river were laid out into blocks and lots. Streets were named and a "public square", intended, presumably, for a court house, was laid out "dedicated to the use of the people forever." This "public square" was never to serve the purpose for which it was intended, and instead of being a public benefit it has become a public problem with which various city administrations have wrestled. The "square" lies partly within blocks 96-97 and 121-122 of the original Town of Portland. It is intersected by Broadway and Chatham streets and with these streets opened through, as at this time, it really is cut up into four small squares. The city has no title to the land. It can not sell it, deed it, or dispose of it. It is not taxable property and can not be forfeited. The original document, filed by the original owners dedicated the land to the "use of the public forever." "Portland" did not become a river town. Neither did the name "Portland" ever come into general use. In spite of all the efforts of its promoters to popularize the locality the people preferred to live on top of the hill and call the place "Blue Island." So in compliance with a petition filed with the State Legislature, that body, in the session of 1842-43, changed the name "Portland" to "Blue Island." "An Act entitled an Act to change the name of Portland in Cook county, to the name Blue Island: Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois, represented in the General Assembly that the name of the place called Portland in Cook County, Illinois, is hereby altered and changed to Blue Island, and the same shall here- after always be known and called by such name of Blue Island. "Approved February 24, 1843. — Laws of Illi- nois 1842-1843." "A plat entitled Portland, a subdivision by George E. Walker, Adam D. Stewart, Peter Bar- ton, Joel Manning, Disa, his wife, and Peter Chadwick, filed as Document No. 6732, and OS 00 CO EC E-h O O En cq as tq En a. Bq En En Oh CO En © On o O En a: 34 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" recorded April 13, 1839, in Book H, Maps, page 118, bearing surveyor's certificate by A. F. Bradley, deputy surveyor of Cook county, de- scribes the property as follows: "The south-west i/i of Section 31, Township 37, north of base line 14, east of Third Principal Meridian; also the south-west ^4 of Section 32 in Town and Range; also the north-east ^ of Section 6 in Town 36 and in Range aforesaid." Acknowledged by George E. Walker, Adam D. Stuart and Peter Barton, as owners and pro- prietors of said Town October 2, 1838, before Henry Brown, Justice of Peace, Cook County, Illinois. Acknowledged April 10, 1839, by Joel Man- ning and Disa, his wife, as part owners of said Town, before Justice Peace, Will County, Illi- nois. Certificate of Magistracy by Clerk of County, Common Court of Will County, Illinois, attested: "In testimony whereof I have hereunto set my hand and private seal (no official seal provided) at Jolliette, this 16th day of April, A. D. 1839." When in 1872 Blue Island was incorporated as a village, the petitioners for the incorporation fixed new boundaries for the proposed village. Omitting the legal phraseology the boundary lines then established were as follows: Division street on the east to California avenue on the vest; the Thornton-Bremen township line (135th street) on the south to 119th street on the north, making an oblong approximately one mile wide and two miles long. By this arrangement the north-east ^4 of Section 6 and that part of "Port- land" lying east of Division street and south of the Calumet river was left out of the 1872 cor- porate limits. (Much of the territory excluded at that time has, however, been taken in again by annexation in recent years, as will be seen by reference to the colored map of the present Blue Island printed elsewhere in this book.) * * * The Calumet Feeder Canal The use of the waters of the Calumet River as a supply for the Illinois and Michigan Canal was first recommended by James M. Bucklin, chief engineer, under date of December 18, 1830. He recommended a route and estimated the cost of the canal at $160,699.00. Engineer Bucklin, when transmitting his re- port on the proposed feeder canal, said: "From *Billy Caldwell, a half-breed with some educa- tion and great intelligence, who had explored the country in every direction, I often procured valuable information during my explorations. It was he who first suggested making a feeder of the Calumet River." The canal law of 1837 required the board of commissioners to "cause a survey and estimate to be made as soon as convenient of the route of a canal diverging through the Saganaskee Swamp and Grassy Lake to intercept the Calamic River at the most practical point. "All Acts and amended laws in relation to the Illinois & Michigan Canal shall apply equally to the Calumet Feeder and said canal shall be considered as part and parcel of the Illinois & Michigan Canal and the laws and regulations adopted with reference to the con- struction thereof." In 1837 the canal commissioners employed Benjamin Wright, a distinguished engineer, to survey and examine the route of the canal as then established with a view of ascertaining whether there was a sufficient quantity of water within the legitimate authority of the State of Illinois for use to supply a canal as contem- plated on the Summit level. He reported that the Calumet takes its source in Indiana, passes by a bend into Illinois and discharges into Lake Michigan within the State. Also that at certain stages of its waters the river discharges through a former entrance within the boundary of the State of Indiana. The final survey of the Calumet Feeder route was made in 1845 under Edward B. Talcott, chief assistant engineer. This survey was com- menced August 11, 1845, the construction of the feeder was begun immediately thereafter and completed in 1848. Under this survey a dam was constructed across the Calumet river, the site of the dam being "sixty chains" above the mouth of Stony Creek; the width of the river at this point was found to be 290 feet from bank to bank. Distance by left bank of the Calumet from the dam to the state line twelve miles, to be lessened by one-half mile by the plan of improvement. The feeder extended from the dam in a north-westerly direction through Port- land (Blue Island). A report of the canal commissioners for 1848 says: "All the feeders are complete with the excep- tion of the Calumet, which is the main feeder for the Summit level. Very unusual difficulties have been encountered in the excavation of this line, being for a great portion of the distance through a swamp, the material has been dredged out by means of steam excavators, as it was too soft to remove it by digging in the ordinary method, and hence the delay in its completion. "It will be done in February and with the opening of navigation in the spring the waters BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 35 of the Calumet River will be discharged upon the Summit level." The estimated cost of the work on the Calumet Feeder up to that time was $91,500.00. The specifications for the feeder canal called for a width of 40 feet upon the surface of the water, 26 feet upon the bottom and four feet deep. The dam across the Calumet River raised the water in the feeder canal 10 feet above the level of the water in Stony Creek. Gates were pro- vided so that the level of the water in the canal could be raised or lowered as needed. The first water from the Calumet River was turned into the feeder June 12, 1849, and on July 22 of that year the first canal boat arrived at Blue Island. Merchandise traffic on this canal continued nearly twenty years. The building of this feeder dam caused much bitter feeling and many claims for damages were filed against the canal commissioners by farmers whose land was flooded by the backing up of the water in the Calumet river and tributary streams. For years the courts were cluttered with suits of this nature and frequent threats to destroy the dam were made. One such attempt was made in June, 1857, but only minor dam- age was done at that time, according to the report of the Illinois & Michigan Canal Commissioners for 1857, which was as follows: "On the night of June 19th, 1857, some 50 or 60 or more evil-minded persons, inhabitants principally of the State of Indiana, as alleged, came to the Calumet Dam and attempted to de- stroy it. They tore away part of one of the stone abutments of the dam, as low as the water would admit of their working, and cut three trenches through the embankment on the south side of the river, with the design of passing the water then in the pond through them, and by that means cause the destruction of the work. The sheet piling in the dam prevented the washing away of the earth during the night, and the early dis- covery in the morning, by the canal people, of the attempt to destroy the dam, led to the proper means of preventing further injury at the moment. The ruffians, who were engaged in this attempt to destroy the dam, prevented by force friendly people residing near the spot from communicating information to the men belong- ing to the canal, in charge of that part of the work. The general superintendent of the canal caused a suitable reward to be offered for the apprehension of persons engaged in this vil- lanous attempt, but without success thus far." Indiana authorities complained of the flood- ing of lands within that state by reason of the dam and sought to have it abated. The Indiana legislature on March 9, 1861, passed an act to procure the abatement of the dam in the Calumet River or have the height of the dam reduced so that it would not cause the river to overflow lands within the state of Indiana. Finally on March 27, 1874, the Illinois state legislature passed the following act: "An Act to authorize the removal of the feeder dam across the Calumet River near Blue Island in the County of Cook, State of Illinois, and to Heber S. Rexford Blue Island pioneer, whose inter- esting reminiscences of the early days form part of this story. Was county treasurer during the time of Chicago's big fire. Photo courtesy Mrs. Geo. Pettijohn provide compensation to Christian Pfeiffer and John Roll for any loss that they may sustain by its removal." Section 2 of this Act provides: "That so soon as Christian Pfeiffer and John Roll shall release to the State of Illinois by quit claim deed all right they now claim to have to the said dam and the water power thereby created, that then and in that case on the order of the Governor, the Auditor of Public Accounts be, and he is hereby authorized to draw his warrant on the State Treasurer in favor of said Christian Pfeif- fer and John Roll for the sum of not exceeding 36 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" six thousand dollars ($6,000.00) to be paid out of any money at any time in the treasury not otherwise appropriated." On April 9, 1874, John L. Beveridge, then governor, notified the state treasurer that Pfeif- fer and Roll had complied with the requirements of Section 2 of the Act and directed that they be paid $6,000.00, also; "that by virtue of said act you are hereby authorized and directed, with- out delay, to remove the dam — the expense of said removel to be paid out of canal funds in your hands." For some reason or other the dam was not at once removed. Roll continued to use the water power from the spillway of the dam for his grist mill and to all appearances there was no hurry about removing the obstruction in the river. The farmers whose land was being flooded became incensed at the delay and finally one night in 1875 a group of 50 or more took matters into their own hands and blew up the hated dam. The Calumet Feeder and 90-foot reserve on either side thereof, together with the overflowed lands along each side of the Calumet River came into possession of the State of Illinois at the completion of the dam at Portland in 1848. Even though the feeder has been abandoned the State still has title to all feeder lands. In only five cases did title revert to the original owners, in all other cases easement is perpetual, being "forever and forever." *Billy Caldwell, known also as "Sauganash" (the Englishman) was one of the three "friendly" Indian chiefs. He was a half-breed, the son of Col. Caldwell, an Irish officer in the British army. His mother was a Pottawatomie, said to have been remarkable for her beauty and intelligence. Caldwell was one of the most conspicuous as well as one of the most notable char- acters identified with the early history of this region. He was freindly to the whites and his aid was often sought by exploring expeditions. He is credited with having saved the lives of the Kinzie family at the time of the Fort Dearborn massacre. Che-che-pin-qua (Alexander Robinson) and Shaw-bo-nee (Chamblie) were the other two friendly Indian chiefs of this region. An Active Period The years between 1840 and 1850 were very active ones, and everyone seemed willing to do his or her share to improve living conditions in the little community. This cooperative effort soon reflected itself in a better and more sym- pathetic understanding of the problems that vitally concerned all. The arrival of new settlers became a daily occurrence. Wagon traffic over the Wabash and Vincennes roads was increasing rapidly. Chi- cago had by this time become a village of nearly 5000 people and farmers from a distance of fifty miles and more were hauling produce to the larger community. These farmers were glad to lay over in Blue Island for at least one night before proceeding on their northward journey, and returning would usually stop again and make purchases of supplies needed by them. All merchants did a thriving business. The Illinois and Michigan canal had been completed through to Chicago, so when in 1849 the "feeder canal" to the main channel was con- structed through this section Blue Island exper- ienced its first "boom". All the able-bodied men of the village who wished it were given work on the canal and the contractors in charge of the work made their headquarters here. Those were busy days. New stores were opened and merchandise lines became more and more diversified, and Blue Island soon became the trading center for a large surrounding territory. "One hundred Frank Rexford A Son of Norman Barton Rexford dollars was a light day's business at my store", one merchant of that period informed the writer. So in the early 50's we find one brewery in operation and others under construction, a small brickyard had been started where hand- made brick could be obtained. John Roll was operating a grist mill near the dam in the Cal- umet river and Wenzel Waniata had started BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 37 a tannery at Canal and Rexford streets. Farm- ers from considerable distances away made good use of the services of the mill and tannery and for several years these institutions did a large business. * * * The Seyfarth Tavern William Seyfarth had a tavern and boarding house at the south-west corner of Western avenue and Grove street, built about 1846. It was a two-story frame building with a long porch on the Grove street side. There was a large barn in connection and several sheds. It was a favorite stopping place for German farmers. The business was continued until about 1880 when the sheds were torn down and the old building was moved onto the lot just south. A new two-story frame building was erected on the corner, which was used as a hardware store by Edward Seyfarth. This later building, and the old tavern just south of it (which had been remodeled into a store), were both destroyed in the big fire of 1896. Just south of the Seyfarth properties, and on the same side of Western avenue, Henry Bense- man erected a two-story frame building in 1848 which was used by him as a tavern and board- ing house. This property was bought by John Engelhart in the early 50's, who continued the saloon and boarding house under the name "Baierischer Hof." In 1857 Engelhart moved the old building back on the lot and converted it into a barn. A new two-story brick building was erected in front and for a number of years was conducted under the old name, "Baierischer Hof." This name was changed in the early 90's to Union House. It was in a shed behind this building where the big fire of 1896 started. # «• * Schapper's Pioneer Drug Store A little south of Benseman's property, just at the edge of the Western avenue hill, Charles Duensing had a little store which he built about 1848. This building was bought in 1850 by Ferdinand Schapper, Sr., who opened a drug store there. Two years later Schapper moved his drug store to the north-east corner of Grove street and Western avenue. Henry Asche had in 1848 built a small one-story residence and shoe shop at this location. When Schapper ac- quired this property he moved the small build- ing back on the lot and erected a large store building in front. Both of these buildings were destroyed by fire in 1856. The present brick building was then erected. The Pioneer drug store has, since 1852, been located continuously at its present site. All The Ridge District Once Known As "Blue Island" Prior to 1869 the entire "island" or "ridge" was known by the general name "Blue Island" and many of those early settlers who first loca- ted in the section now known as Morgan Park or Longwood, eventually moved to the southern end of the ridge and thus became residents with- in the limits of the "Village" of Blue Island. Dr. Charles Morgan Pioneer resident who once had a beautiful home at the corner of High Street and Greenwood avenue. — Photo courtesy Fred Rexford, Pasadena, Cal. DeWitt Lane came to the north end of the island in 1834 and built a log cabin south of what is now 103rd street, just east of the grove that bordered the west side of the island. A little later the same year Norman Rexford built a large log house in the north-east part of the island near 91st street. He put up a sign "Blue Island House" and entertained travellers. Both these first settlers soon moved. Mr. Lane sold his claim for $1000 and moved about five miles west on 115th street, to a spot later known as "Lane's Island." Rexford moved in 1836 to the south end of the island where he again erected a tavern, which he also called the "Blue Island House." Thomas Morgan, an Englishman of some wealth, located in the north end of the ridge in 38 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" 1844, near where Norman Rexford had erected his first tavern. He bought a large tract of land, said to have been more than 1000 acres, and engaged extensively in the raising of cattle and sheep. His property holdings at one time extended all the way from 91st street well into what now constitutes the north limit of Blue Island. It was the largest and finest estate ever owned by one man on the ridge. Some idea of the magnitude of the sheep and cattle industry as carried on here in those days may be had from the census figures of 1846 when Blue Island led all other towns in Cook county in the production of wool, reporting 10,728 pounds of wool and live stock valued at $8,735, Five thousand two-hundred bushels of grain were also reported from Blue Island. Harry Morgan, a son of Thomas Morgan, loca- ted in the north end of the "island" in 1845 and engaged in farming until 1882, when he too, moved into the Village of Blue Island. He was married in 1867 to Miss Emily Robinson, a daughter of Charles D. Robinson, of Blue Is- land. William Morgan, a brother of Harry, located south of 111th street and west of Western avenue in 1854 on a farm now included in Mt. Green- wood cemetery. William Morgan also moved to Blue Island and built a spacious home and gar- dens, occupying the entire block on Maple ave- nue, where the community high school is now located. Dr. Charles Morgan, a son of Thomas Morgan, built a beautiful home at Greenwood avenue and High street, where Alden Klein's home now stands. In 1869, when the Blue Island Land and Building Company was formed, this association took over nearly all of the holdings of the Morgans, comprising 1360 acres, and the Vil- lage of Morgan Park was organized being so- called after the family of that name. Although all the Morgans had originally settled in the north ridge section they eventually became resi- dents and valued citizens of Blue Island. * * * First Deaths Recorded The first death in the village was that of Z. Wilson, which occurred in the fall of 1838. Mr. Wilson had started building a home on Western avenue near the Blue Island House when he was taken sick. He died in the home of the Rexfords and was buried in the hillside near where the Rock Island depot now stands. The second death was that of Mrs. Hume which occurred in 1842. She was buried in the ridge near the Sanders homestead. Still a Wilderness in 1850 In 1850 Blue Island had about 250 inhab- itants and 43 houses. This included buildings devoted to business purposes, which, in nearly every case, also served as residence for the Henry Hart Massey Early resident and for many years a prominent citizen of Blue Island. — Courtesy Fred K. Rexford. owner and his family. There were only six houses north of Vermont street and five south of the creek. The other 32 were grouped in the section between Vermont street and Stony creek. Beyond this section the country was still very wild. From Burr Oak avenue, south to the bottom of the hill, there was a dense growth of oak, walnut, elm, hickory, bitter nut, maple and wild cherry trees. Some of the oaks and walnut trees were of majestic proportions. A white oak tree, nearly four feet in diameter, stood near the corner of Greenwood avenue and Oak street until well into the early years of the present century. The writer remembers some enormous oaks that once stood on the slope of the hill west of the Lutheran church. North of Stony creek and east along this water course and the Calumet river was an al- most impenetrable thicket of wild crabapple, thorn apple and plum trees, interlaced with wild grape and underbrush. Along the eastern side of the ridge and north of what is now 121st' street, there was a large area covered with hazel brush, wild black- berries and grape vines, and farther north, be- BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 39 Boulder Marks Historic Spot The boulder pictured above was dedicated on Flag Day, June 1U, 1928, by the Dewalt Mechlin Chapter, D. A. R., and marks the course of the original route of historic Vincennes road. ginning about 119th street there was again a heavy stand of large trees extending down the hill and eastward to what is now Purington. At this point there was an exceptionally dense growth of large trees which for many years was known as the "black woods'. Vincennes road, then nothing more than a trail, passed through this wood. After several farmers had been rob- bed here of money they had received from sale of their produce in Chicago, the locality ac- quired another name, "robber's woods", and became a place to be shunned. Just north of this belt of large trees, and extending north to 115th street, there was an- other dense jungle of wild crabapple, thorn apple and plum trees, interlaced with wild grapevine, blackberry and hazel brush. There was a considerable depression in the ground at this point, forming a sort of ravine, or hollow. It was generally thought to have been the stop- ping place for horse thieves and the locality was locally known as "Horse Thief Hollow". Mor- gan Park was for a time known by this name. Isaac T. Greenacre, an early resident of the north ridge section, some years ago, told the story of "Horse Thief Hollow", as follows: "On the edge of the hill on which Morgan Park is situated, and a little south, is a deep and exceedingly steep ravine. This in early times was covered with long grass and thick underbrush, and was not only a very discreet hiding place, but a very formidable fortress for horse thieves. These notable gentry were rather nocturnal in their habits, as they traveled during the night and by day were wont to re- fresh themselves in Horse Thief Hollow. I imagine it must have been a solitary place as the long grass, thick underbrush, and the forest overhead must have entirely excluded the sun- light from it. The farmers are confident of the character of this den, having found in it bags of oats and other commodities which proved the use of the ravine for horse stealing. The bottom of the ravine was trampled into a mire by horses' hoofs, and once in a while they would find a horse shoe. The farmers have watched these gentry and proved to themselves the pur- pose of their frequent visitations. The horse thieves generally traveled by the aid of a buggy, in which they kept all the utensils necessary for their business." The center of the ridge was for the most part an open plain with scattered groves of trees here and there. An old Indian trail traversed this plain from north to south, a short distance west of the present Greenwood avenue. There was a ford across Stony creek at about Ann street and an- other at Western avenue, which in those days was known as Wabash road. The state govern- 40 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" ment erected a bridge at this point when Vin- cennes road was surveyed in 1834. The Indian trail just referred to connected with the Wabash road a few hundred feet south of Stony creek, where the trail continued on toward Vincennes, Ind. and points south. North, at about Walnut street, the Indian trail veered northeast, continued along the east- ern edge of the ridge, and at about 91st street it went down hill in an easterly direction toward Gresham. That was the true route of the orig- inal Vincennes (Indian) trail. Later when the Rock Island railroad was built, making possible the drainage of the land, the course of Vin- cennes road was changed as it is now. For many years there was only one bridge over Stony creek, that was the one on Wabash road (Western avenue). There was no bridge over the Calumet river nearer than the one at Riverdale. This bridge was built by Jonathan Periam, George Dolton and Levi Osterhout in 1842. Note — The De Walt Mechlin chapter, Daughters of the American Revolution, on Flag Day, June 14th, 1928, placed and dedicated a boulder at 91st street and Pleas- ant avenue, marking a spot on the original route of the Vincennes trail. * * * Wild Life of the Region "The wilderness around Chicago was the most wonderful I ever knew, abounding in game, such as bear, panther, lynx, wolves, deer, racoon and all other small beasts and birds, while the rivers were alive with fish." — Jonathan Periam, whose family located on the Calumet river just east of Blue Island, could speak with authority on the subject of the wild life of the region. Heber Rexford, coming ten years later, said: "Game abounded in those early days in almost countless numbers . . . the Calumet river and Stony creek were literally full of the finest fish." Beaver and otter were caught in the vicinity of Lake Calumet in the early days. Buffalo and elk once roamed over the ground where Blue Is- land citizens now pursue their daily tasks. The four species of animals named — two of the lakes and swamps and two of the prairie — were the first to disappear after the white man's coming. These did not fear the silent arrow of the Indian, but the booming of the white man's gun drove fear into their hearts and they quickly sought other territory. Mink were numerous up into the seventies and muskrats were still speared and trapped by the thousands in the early eighties. The Sag slough was a natural breeding ground for this small fur bearer. I have seen "muskrat houses," as we boys called them, by the hundreds in the shallow waters of Stony creek north of Blue Is- land and have speared many a rat through the thin ice. Wenzel Waniata, who had a tannery at Canal and Rexford streets, was our outlet for these skins, which usually brought about 15 cents each. I recall the weather-wise fellows of those days who used to prophesy the severity of an im- pending winter by the way the muskrats built their houses. If the rats started building early and constructed their winter homes to a height of four or more feet above the water level, it sure meant there was a hard winter ahead. Whereas, if they were slow getting started, didn't seem to care when they got through and were satisfied with a bungalow type of home — well, that of course, meant a mild winter. Wild cats, lynx and panthers were said to have been quite numerous in the Palos hills district up to the early sixties. There is a record of a panther being shot and killed in the woods near the present Mt. Greenwood about the middle sixties. I personally saw a wild cat shot out of a tree in the Pfeiffer woods, across from Roll's, in the spring of 1883, by a man from Riverdale. However, this animal undoubtedly had strayed in from some more remote point. It was seen killing a chicken near South Holland and had been hunted for several days until it was finally treed at the river bank. Wolves, of course, were numerous and caused the early settlers more trouble and uneasiness than did any other beast of the wilderness. Wolf Ridge, just south of West Pullman, was so named because of the large number of these beasts which had their burrows there in the sand among a dense growth of scrub timber. Mr. Klopfleisch, who lived near the slough south-west of Blue Island, was attacked by a pack of wolves near the stone quarry one even- ing in 1856, but succeeded in holding them off until he reached his home. The Chicago Democrat in January, 1834, men- tions that a Mrs. Smith, who lived near the north end of the Ridge, was overcome by the cold while going to her home and was devoured by wolves. She left five children. Another article in the Chicago Democrat, the same winter, says: "We regret to learn that a man was found frozen to death during the in- tense cold of last week on the prairie between this place and Blue Island. He was in all prob- ability devoured by wolves, as a few mangled remnants of clothing were found at the place where he is supposed to have fallen." In the Chicago newspapers of the early days a © ^S s, © s § o a: as « US "« "a a © •*o i » 58 5» © 'a © © HO CO 5 ?l T3 42 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" there are also occasional mentions of bears, panthers and lynx, evidence that the early sett- lers were in constant danger from attacks by wild beasts of many kinds. The Democratic Press, November, 1841, has this story: "John Stone and a friend, returning from a hunt, brought in the carcass of a large black bear which they killed near the Blue Island hill. They also shot a deer and report having seen tracks in the snow of many wolves. The recent heavy snow has caused the timber wolves to become quite venturesome around the cabins of the settlers there, and many encounters with these beasts are reported." Timber wolves were still seen occasionally in small packs near the village in the middle 60's, and several raids on hog pens and sheep folds were attributed to them as late as '67. A prairie wolf was seen inside the south village limits in '68, and even several years later their distant howling was heard at night. Every fall the wild rice beds of the Sag slough attracted thousands upon thousands of water fowl. It was a veritable hunters' para- dise, covered for the greaeter part with a dense growth of reeds and cat-tails higher than a man and with occasional patches of open water. It was a dangerous and treacherous place for one not acquainted with it to get into. Many a hunter who penetrated too deeply into its dank growth, became lost, was mired and not seen alive again. Months or perhaps years afterward, some other venturesome hunter would come across a pair of shoes, a gun and a heap of bones, mute evidence of a tragedy. No one driving today over the modern highways, which criss-cross the territory mentioned, would ever suspect that at one-time (and not so many years ago at that), where now are paved streets and prosperous truck farms there once was an impassable morass. Early Navigation Many of the streams tributary to the Calumet river were navigable for small craft in the early days. Stony creek was used by Peter Barton in 1835. In the archives of Thornton, which also was first settled one hundred years ago, there is a record by Stephen Crary stating that Peter Barton chartered a schooner in 1835 which was laden with supplies at Thornton. The boat made its way down Thorn creek to the Calumet river, up that stream to Stony creek and up that tributary to the present site of Blue Island, which Peter Barton platted as "Portland." In 1836, William and Elisha Young built a general trading store at Thornton on the cor- ner of William and Margaret streets. They operated the store there until 1850, when they joined the California gold rush. The Young brothers built and operated a small steam barge which they called "Calumet Traders." This boat plied between Thornton, Blue Island, "Ainsworth" (South Chicago) and other settle- ments including Chicago via the Calumet Feeder and the Illinois and Michigan canal. In 1841 the State Legislature authorized George Dolton, Levi Osterhout and others to build a toll bridge across the Calumet river at the present Riverdale. It was operated as such until 1856 when it was made a "free" bridge. Isabelle Dolton, great granddaughter of George Dolton, has the original document in her files. The franchise specifies the charges to be made, as follows: "For every double wagon, carriage or sleigh, 25c; for every one-horse vehicle, or horse and wagon, 12^c; for each horse, mule, ass, or head of meat cattle, 2c; and for each head of hogs, sheep, goats or other animal not enumerated the sum of lc." An interesting incident in connection with the toll charges is a letter from the Chase & Com- pany Circus (letter in Miss Dolton's files dated June 11, 1849) requesting reduction or not to be overcharged at the bridge. The circus elephant weighing several tons walked across the bridge at a charge of lc as noted in above schedule. This was the biggest bargain ever to cross the bridge. The Chicago Democrat, August 15, 1849, printed this item: "The Calumet river is navigable for as large schooners as enter the Chicago river clean up to the canal dam at Portland, a distance of ten miles. It is sixteen miles from here to Blue Island and twelve to Calumet. We learn that the population between Blue Island and the mouth of the Calumet has more than quadrupled this summer. The land on both sides of the river is becoming thickly settled. There ought to be a new precinct laid off on the Calumet, as we notice that the people have to come to this city for any matter requiring a justice or constable." A letter written in August, 1850, by A. W. Spies, of New York City, who owned a section of land near Riverdale, points out the advan- tages of the Calumet river over the Chicago river. The letter was addressed to his friend, George Dolton, and shows the battle for the development BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 43 of the Little Calumet has been waged for 85 years. "New York, August 21, 1850.. Mr. George Dolton, Dear Sir: "The Calumet is a larger river than the Chicago; Chicago river is too small for the commerce of the place and if we could fetch in political influence and have breakwaters and other improvements at the mouth of the Calumet and Calumet lake and our land being high and better located than Chicago — a considerable town could be layed out about the bridge and all along. "Senator Stephan A. Douglas controls the 160 acres adjoining my land, between me and Trapp, and a good deal of other land and would be the party to see and interest in this work. "The Calumet river in its long length will be a safe harbor and I think must at its mouth be more capacious than the Chicago river and being nearer the extreme head of the lake is better placed than the Chicago. "The bend of the Calumet is convenient for manu- facturing purposes. To awaken the inhabitants of Blue Island to the necessity of improving the Calumet so as to permit vessels to come up would fetch in an interest that would benefit the entire section." Respectfully your, A. W. Spies. There is an interesting incident related in connection with early navigation on the Calumet river. The Illinois Central and the Michigan Central railroads in the early days had built solid wooden bridges over the stream never thinking that by any possibility would vessels of any kind attempt to navigate the Calumet. One day in the early 70's a big steamer loaded with slabs sailed up the Calumet. The vessel had been chartered by James H. Bowen, who owned a large tract of land at Wildwood. It was the first vessel of any description to bring a cargo up the river after the bridges had been built. The vessel proceeded as far as the railroad bridges and then stopped. The captain blew three blasts on the whistle and then delivered a formal notice to the railroad officials that unless way was made immediately for his vessel up the navigable stream he would proceed to bunt his way through. There was no further delay on the part of the railroad officials, who well knew the penalties attached by the government for obstructing a navigable stream. A passageway for the steamer was at once sawed through the bridge, and the vessel proceeded. Shortly after- ward a draw was put in. Thus was opened the navigation of the Calumet river. E. J. Tinkham of Chicago, Germanicus Cooley of Blue Island and others had large scows on the Calumet river which were used to float grain and produce from Blue Island to Chicago by way of the Calumet river and Lake Michigan. With the completion of the Rock Island railroad all this ceased. In the 70's, and away up until the middle 80's, excursion steamers would ascend the Calumet river and then by way of Stony creek go all the way to the foot of Rexford street to take on passengers. The boiler of the "Calumet Trader" exploded September 1, 1850, killing the engineer. The Chicago Democrat of October 11, 1850, has this news item: "The Calumet Trader, blown up two or three weeks ago, has been repaired and started yesterday morning on her regular trip to the Calumet and Deep rivers where large quantities of freight await her arrival. She will run regularly hereafter until checked by winter. Quite a trade has been opened between the Cal- umet and this city for which The Trader is the medium. She carried passengers as well as freight. Andrew Granger, now her owner, pur- chased the hull, raised and refitted it for ser- vice." "The Calumet Trader, the little craft owned by A. Granger, Esq., having been remodeled, made a trip up to Bridgeport yesterday morn- ing. She is still to run upon the Calumet." — Chicago Democrat, May 6, 1852. This little vessel, which played an important part in early water transportation, was capable of storing 40 to 50 cords of wood and had a speed of five to six miles an hour. Her smoke- stack could be lowered to permit passage under bridges. The Illinois and Michigan canal was begun in 1836 and opened in 1848. However, addi- tional water was necessary and the Calumet Feeder was built in 1849. This was supplied with water by building a dam in the Calumet river, fragments of which may still be seen under Roll's bridge. (Calumet Feeder joined the Calumet river at Blue Island with the Illi- nois and Michigan canal at the Sag.) Young brothers' boat, "Calumet Traders", and many others plied up and down the Cal- umet Feeder canal, carrying supplies of garden, truck and produce to Chicago from local com- munities and bringing back coal, farming im- plements, etc. This commerce continued for more than twenty years. In the early seventies other means were formed to supply water to the Illinois and Michigan canal. A "deep cut" was completed and a connection was made with the Desplaines river via the Ogden-Wentworth ditch. Later pumping works were established at Bridgeport. Commerce on the Calumet Feeder had lagged. The stream had been abandoned by the Canal commissioners. The dam backed up water in the Calumet river and flooded Indiana farms. A bill had been passed by the state legislature in 1872 for removal of the dam. John Roll and Charles Pfeiffer secured an injunction because 44 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" of water rights granted them, and a bitter inter- state dispute ensued. The Indiana farmers, whose land was being flooded, became enraged at the delay and decided to take matters in their own hands. Finally one dark night along in 1875 a group of Hoosier farmers made their way quietly to the hated dam. There was an explosion and a rush of water, — the dam was down. Roll and Pfeiffer offered $500 reward, but no one ever found out who the destroyers were. The destruction of the dam rendered use- A Pioneer Home Built by Fred Schild, about 185U, on the north side of Broadway, west of the Rock Island tracks, using brick from Blue Island's first brick yard. — Photo courtesy Mrs. Albert Schmidt. less the grist mill which Roll had been operat- ing by water power from the dam. The state paid Roll and Pfeiffer $6000 to settle their claim. Fred Gardner, of Thornton, a close associate of Gurdon Hubbard, one of the very first set- tlers in that section, some years ago related the story of the blowing up of the dam. He stated that there were thirty men in the party, mostly farmers, representing ownership to about 10,000 acres of land bordering on the Calumet river. Gardner originally owned the large stone quar- ries at Thornton which he later sold to the Brownell Improvement Companv of Chicago for $12,000. * * * The Origin of "Calumet" When the white man first came to the Calumet district the Indians had a name for the river and the same name for one of the chain of lakes. The largest lake was called Wolf lake, the smallest Bear lake. The two other lakes were later known as Hyde lake and Lake George. All of these are now disappearing. Hyde and Bear lakes are long gone and Lake George and Wolf lakes are being filled up for industrial and railroad uses. However, Lake Calumet survives and it is to be made into a harbor. It is of the original name of this lake that we would now speak. On the earliest maps it was designated "Kono- mick", later "Calomink". There were many spellings similar. Finally the word Calumet was settled upon. The Indian word "Konomick" means snow beaver or white beaver. This was the original title of the lake and river. There were beaver dams in and around Lake Calumet, according to Father Marquette's diary. Of course, it was difficult for the white man to understand Indian speech. The word Cal- umet, meaning pipe of peace, was the one Indian word well known everywhere. The early white settlers took the grunted "Konomick" to be Cal- umet and so it has been for a hundred years or more. * * * Prairie Fires One of the most spectacular and thrilling sights, as well as the most menacing and fear- some, which the early settlers witnessed each fall was the "burning over" of the prairies. No one was ever able to tell certainly how these prairie fires got started — perhaps from a match carelessly tossed aside — a spark from a chim- Old McClintock Home Built about 1856 on Vermont Street, near Rock Island tracks, where Hennig's Floral establish- ment is now located. Used in the early days as a school. — Photo courtesy Mrs. Albert Schmidt. ney — or by some pyro-maniac whose desire for a thrill did not take into account the danger to life and property which his act occasioned. (Later, when the railroads were built, the "fire- spitting" locomotives got all the blame.) Since very little of the prairie land was under cultivation there were thousands of acres of low land surrounding the ridge covered with virgin growth of tall grass and brush. This grass often BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 45 reached a height of four and five feet. Then after a pronlonged hot and dry spell the grass became as dangerous as powder, ready to flare up at the slightest touch of a spark. Settlers in the danger zone usually took the precaution to keep fresh earth furrows plowed around buildings and haystacks. Yet when high winds arose even these precautions did not al- ways prevent the destruction of considerable property. These fires spread with amazing rap- idity and sometimes extended for miles in every direction. The sight, especially on a dark night, was thrilling and awe-inspring and always at- tracted a large crowd of spectators to the safe vantage point on top of the hill. Prairie fires, although now one of the almost foxgotten incidents of the past, were as real a menace to the early settlers as were the wolves and other wild beasts of the forest. The Chicago Democrat in its issue of October 15, 1834, describes a prairie fire as follows: "Last week the prairies presented the grand and beautiful spectacle which is to be seen at this season of the year, at which the prairies burn over. At night, just above the horizon, appears one continuous line of fire, here and there shooting up a distance of 10 to 30 feet. Where the grass is thick and heavy and the breezes pass over it presents the appearance of the heaving ocean. The only damage we heard of was the burning of a building of Robert Huguine which was recently put up two miles from town and the destruction of considerable quantities of hay which had been stacked. * * * Infant Industries Like every other pioneer community that was ever founded, Blue Island had many infant in- dustries that were started in order to supply a local demand. They flourished for a while and then vanished. Unable to stand the press of encroaching competition with improved and faster methods of production, their owners us- ually quit after a short period of operation, poorer in pocket than when they started. Exception to this latter statement must be made in the case of the breweries which flour- ished here for quite a number of years, and undoubtedly made some money for their own- ers. The Schwartz and Fox stone quarries quit only when the good stone had been "worked out", and the Roll flour mill had to cease when its source of water-power was destroyed. The "hand brick yards of Tewes and Reusnow were victims of machinery competition, and the tanneries of Waniata and Lindner quit operat- ing when the local supply of skins and pelts was exhausted. D. 0. Robinson had a carpenter shop on the hill just south of the Blue Island House in 1850. It was later moved to the south side of Grove street, just west of Henry street, where, for a time it was used by Carl Adams as a private German school. It then became a paint shop until destroyed by fire. C. D. Robinson had the first lumber yard in 1848-50. Only the most needed kinds and dimensions were carried and nearly all of it in the rough. Inside trim, windows and doors had to be obtained in Chicago. Mrs. Laura Rex- ford Pettijohn of Pasadena, Cal., recently sent the writer a photograph of the first house built by her grandfather, C. D. Robinson, in 1840, in the north end of the village. All of the doors, ' I •' '' • ^^"ip***"* ~ C. D. Robinson House Built in Early Forties This house stood north of Burr Oak avenue in the north-western part of the settlement. The doors and window casings for this building were brought from New York. — Photo courtesy Mrs. Geo. Pettijohn. windows and casings for this house were brought from New York. H. H. Massey and Cyrus Sammons had a large warehouse on top of the hill, on the south side of Grove street, east of Western. For a number of years they did a large business in the sale of agricultural implements, lumber and grain. This building, too, was eventually de- stroyed by fire. Jacob Sauerteig, located on the east side of Western avenue, between Grove and Vermont, conducted the business of locksmith for a num- ber of years. The advent of patented and im- proved locks and machine manufactured parts soon made his business unprofitable. Anton Baintele established a shingle shop at Western avenue and Broadway in 1854. He made good shingles, too, but the machine manu- factured product brought in from outside sources soon killed the local project. 46 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS'" Samuel Alschuler opened a photgoraph stu- dio in the Dow House on Grove street in 1855, but the venture proved unprofitable and he gave up after about a year. Peter Barton first had a little cabin on the south-east corner of Grove street and Western avenue where he sold a few notions and grocer- ies. His was the first store in Blue Island in 1836. Two years later he platted the territory south of Stony creek and named it Portland, which later became Blue Island. Edie Ann Jones and Mother Edie Ann Jones, (standing) the first white female child born in Blue Island. Hter mother was Martha Crandall and her mar- riage to Stephen Jones in 1837 was the sec- ond nuptial ceremony to be performed in the village. — Photo courtesy Mrs. Peter Hall, Edie Ann Jones and her mother had a carpet loom and weaved rag carpets for a large major- ity of the homes in the village. Their home was at the corner of Western avenue and Union street, facing Western. A granddaughter of Mrs. Jones, Mrs. Peter Hall, formerly Lida Roberts, lives in Pasadena, Cal. * * * The "Folk House", as it was known, was the last house on top of the hill on the west side of Western avenue. It was a one and one-half story frame building. Dr. Truesdale occupied it one time and Jacob Boehl lived in it for a short time. It was destroyed by fire in the early 60's. In the later 50's, J. C. Bueter had a drug store in the Duensing building. Blue Island's First Orchard Hiram Squier was one of the first to settle in the "original" town of Portland. He came here in 1845 and built a home on Canal street, then known as the "feeder road." Squier at one time owned a valuable farm in Thornton township, but his later years were devoted to the care of a very fine orchard located at the homestead on Canal street. A most interesting story about the origin of this. Blue Island's first orchard, was recently told the writer by Mrs. C. C. (Lizzie Squier) Claussen. "Between 1840 and '45, John Squier, a captain on the Great Lakes, saw Blue Island for the first time. He returned to Buffalo, N. Y., went to a cider mill and washed apple pulp to get a peck of seeds which he brought to Blue Island and his brother, Hiram, sowed them broadcast like grain. It was a nursery of trees of all sizes and kinds. Pioneers in Illinois came twenty miles to buy young trees. Some bore fine fruit, some were grafted or "budded." Jonathan Perriam, editor of the Prairie Farmer at that time, was a brother of Mrs. Benjamin Sanders, and printed a long account of this and other early orchards in his paper." Thus was the beginning of the first orchard in Blue Island in the early 50's, the predecessor and parent of many orchards in northern Illi- nois. William Morgan planted an orchard in the north ridge section in 1855 and two years later Charles D. Iglehart also planted one. » * * Mrs. Claussen also related the following amusing incident of her first experience in school: "I was about four years old when we lived in a low double house of Mr. Robinson's and the Fox family in the other end. Mrs. Fox had a small niece, named Martha Peck, living with her. She and Em Robinson went to school to Mrs. Laura McClintock, first house below a very terrible hill (Vermont street). One day after a snowstorm Em decided I must go to school with her. We started. Alas! I fell down. Finally we arrived and I was told to sit on a small bench behind the outside door. When the door was closed it was O.K. — but when it was opened — whew! — it was cold. But Martha and Em were three years bigger than I and I felt crowded as I had a chair of my own at home. Once I plucked up courage to remark. 'I want a drink.' So teacher told Em to wait on me. Whew! imagine my consternation when Em held a large gourd for me to drink out of — me, who had a lovely cup at home all my very own. I doubt if I ever asked for a drink again — to me it was a "queer punkin'." BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 47 Bauer's Brewery The first of four beer brewing establishments erected here during the early '50s. Four Breweries Here in Early Days Early in the 1850 period, less than twenty years after Courtney and Rexford had cleared ground for their pioneer cabins, we find the little community of only a few hundred people already taking on the aspects of an industrial town. Blue Island had become a beer brewing center and no less than four plants of that nature were built here during a space of only a few years. Always used to having their beer, the German men who only shortly before had flocked here frequently found it difficult to obtain that, which to them, seemed a daily comfort and necessity. During the wet season there were times when for several weeks only the most dire necessities of the settlement were hauled in over the treacherous roads. Beer and liquor could be obtained only at Chicago or from distant points in Indiana. Our German settlers solved the problem by building breweries which would supply not only their own requirements but also those of the many new settlements that were springing up all around. So in 1858 we find four breweries in full operation brewing the amber liquid derived from malt, hops and yeast. The Bauer brewery, the first to be built here, was a low rambling frame building on the north side of James street, just below the hill. It had but small manufacturing capacity yet its product was favorably known throughout the surrounding territory. Brewing at this plant was abandoned more than fifty years ago and the buildings were gradually removed. In one of the pictures printed with these articles is a view of this old brewery. Valentine Busch and Michael Brandt erected a brewery at York and Gregory streets in 1856. Philip Zorn, who had come to Blue Island the year previous, was the manager. This brew- ery had a capacity of 5000 barrels of beer per annum. It employed six men in the brewing department and three teams. Louis Busch suc- ceeded Zorn as manager in 1876, the latter moving to Michigan City. August Koenecke, a brother of Fred Koenecke the cigar manufac- turer, operated this brewery for a short time. Later the business was taken over by the United Breweries Co., which greatly improved the property. Jerry Jones and Herman Wagner were managers during those years. Operation of the brewery was discontinued in 1918. Remains of this brewery are still standing. The property is now owned by J. C. and Wm. Klein. 48 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" Reiser's brewery, which stood just a block south from the Busch and Brandt plant, on Gregory street, was operated only a short time and the buildings have long since been torn down. The Evangelical Friendens church now occupies the site. The Metz brewery, also known as the Bohe- mian or Pilsner brewery, stood on the edge of the hill at Ann and James streets. This brew- ery was built in 1855 by George Metz, who was one of the earliest brewers in Chicago. It changed ownership several times and in the early 80's L. J. Kadish was the owner and E. A. Kadish, his son, was the manager. This brewery had a capacity of 15,000 barrels of beer per year and employed fifteen men. It was still in opera- Rudolph Brand Nephew of the founder of Busch and, Brand's brewery and man- ager of the local plant for a num- ber of years. tion in 1884 but shut down shortly thereafter. The buildings were of brick and frame con- struction. Two fires occurred here in 1886, the last of which wiped out the property completely. During those years Blue Island was known as a "brewery town" and the writer of this remembers well the rows of enormous vats in which beer was stored in the cooling cellars that extended for a considerable distance into the hillside. The modern methods of cooling were un- known in those days so recourse was had to the storage in underground tunnels. The hill- sides of Blue Island were ideally adapted for this purpose and that was one of the principal reasons so many of the breweries located here. Parts of these tunnels which honey-combed the eastern and southern slopes of the bluff, are still to be found. There were no "yeast cakes" or "compressed yeast" those days and housewives depended al- most entirely on brewer's yeast for their baking. This was a grayish-yellow semi-liquid substance which the breweries used for fermenting beer. On Saturdays, which was the generally accepted baking-day, one could usually see a line of chil- dren, and even grown folks, each equipped with a pitcher or some similar vessel, heading toward the nearest brewery, there to obtain the penny's worth of yeast for the family baking. A penny's worth, as I remember, was about half a pint and sufficient for a large baking. Blue Island beer was good beer and there was a large demand for it from Chicago where most of it was shipped. The Busch & Brand and Metz beer was particularly good and had large sales. It was generally brewed in the winter and stored in large vats in deep cellars. It was then drawn into smaller casks as needed. Beer in the 50's sold generally for 3 cents a glass, but was gradually raised to 5 cents a glass. Whiskey at this time was proportionately cheap, often as low as 18 cents a gallon, but usually about 25 to 35 cents a gallon. Flour and Grist Mills During the late 50's John Sleight erected a building on the north side of Vermont street, just east of the Rock Island main line on the site of the present Illinois Central depot tracks. He installed steam power and for a couple of years operated a flour mill. The venture did not prove profitable and after a short period of idleness the plant was dismantled. The build- ing was then moved to the south side of Ver- mont street and remodeled into a dwelling. It was known for many years as the "Green House". It was destroyed by fire in 1873. Claus Schulz had a place on Western avenue, south of the slough (near Libby's) in the late 50's, where he specialized in the grinding of "grits", oatmeal and pearl barley. Like the Sleight venture it was unprofitable and lasted only a short time. Edward Eichhoff, who also had a flour and feed store in the village, was associated with John Roll in the grist mill at the Calumet river. This mill was operated by water power from the dam of the feeder canal. When the dam was blown up in 1875 by irate Indiana farmers whose land had been inundated, the power to operate the mill was gone and it ceased to exist. BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 49 The First Brick Yard The value of the immense clay deposits to be found in various localities around Blue Island was discovered in the early 50's, when Henry Wibben established a brick yard near the Cal- umet river at the extreme southern limit of the village. Here brick was made for many years by the old hand-mold process. The method of Henry W. Schmitt Pioneer of the early 50's. Engaged first in blacksmithing and the man- ufacture of wagons. In 1872 con- ducted a meat-market. In later years operated a restaurant and boarding house known as "Tran- sient House." manufacture was extremely crude and slow when compared with that of the numerous large brick yards now located in the vicinity of Blue Island. The product of this pioneer yard entered into the construction of nearly all of the buildings erected here during those years and many brick were also supplied to other communities. The writer, who Was raised within a half mile of the Calumet river, visited this yard many times during his early boyhood days. The pro- cess of making brick then, as he remembers it, was something like this: a large wheel (prob- ably 8 feet in diameter) was pivoted to a central post by one end of a long wooden sweep or shaft passing through its center. This shaft extended on the outward side of the wheel a dis- tance of six to eight feet. The entire contrap- tion was made of wood strongly bolted together. Around the rim of the wheel wooden cleats about three inches thick were bolted. A horse was hitched to the outer end of the shaft and the wheel was then revolved around in a circle. The rim of the wheel traveled in a sort of pit into which wet clay had been thrown. The churning action of the wheel thoroughly "pud- dled" the clay and broke up all lumps and hard substances. The soft clay was then shovelled into molds and thoroughly packed down. Next the shaped bricks were dumped from the molds and deposited on long shelves made of planks, where they were allowed to dry in the sun. Women were employed to turn the bricks from time to time and when sufficiently dry the bricks were burned to hardness over wood fires. Wibben operated this yard for eight or ten years when he sold out to Henry Tewes. The latter continued making brick until the later seventies. The brick made at this yard were a light yellow color, but of good quality, and were used in many of the buildings erected during those years. In the meantime Carl Reusnow opened a brick yard at Vermont and Ashland avenue, em- ploying the same method of manufacture as that Charles F. Eidam Pioneer shoe merchant and active member of the Blue Island Lied- erkranz. used at the Tewes yard. The brick made by Reusnow were of a darker color and somewhat harder than those of the older yard. However, common brick of machine-manufac- ture were by this time coming into the market in ever increasing quantity and the business of the hand yards fell off to a point where it was no longer profitable to operate them. Tewes 50 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" quit in the late seventies and when Yard 17 at Purington was opened in 1883 Reusnow also ceased operations. John Sleicht had a small yard near the Reus- nows, at Ashland avenue and the river. He had very small production and operated only a short time. I. G. Haeberer had a small brick yard in 1852 at about what is now York street and the Grand Herman Schmitt Pioneer merchant, founder of a mercantile establishment which for many years was one of the leading institutions of the village. Trunk railroad. It was the first yard located here and was operated only a short time. These crude yards were the forerunners of the many modern plants now located here, and which have made this city the center of the common brick making industry of the United States. * * * Stone Quarries Franz Schwartz, grandfather of Blue Island's present city clerk, Louis Schwartz, bought land on Crawford avenue, near 147th street, in the early fifties, planning to farm it. One of the first requisites of a farm was, of course, a plentiful supply of water, so the dig- ging of a well was begun. When down six or eight feet an obstruction was met, which proved to be a solid layer of limestone. Other spots for a well were selected, but the result was the same, the whole farm was underlaid with lime- stone, which, upon test, proved to be of super- ior quality for building purposes. So Mr. Schwartz temporarily abandoned the idea of farming and opened a stone quarry. Stone from this quarry were used in many of the earlier buildings of the village and consider- able quantites were also shipped to Chicago by way of the feeder and Illinois and Michigan canal. The first lighthouse in the South Chicago harbor was built of stone from the Schwartz quarry, being transported there by means of barges on the Calumet river. For several years Schwartz maintained a "stone yard" in the west half of the block on Vermont street where the Savings and Loan Association is now located. William and Frederick Seyfarth opened a stone quarry and lime kiln near what is now 135th street and Claire boulevard in the early fifties. The stone taken out by them was too soft and the venture proved unsuccessful. Bernhard Knirsch then took hold and oper- ated the quarry for a number of years. The lower strata of stone proved of good quality and found a ready market. The First Lutheran Corner York and Western Building' erected in 1855 by Herman Schmitt. In later years this corner was much improved as Schmitt Bros, depart- ment store. Church at Grove and Ann streets, erected in 1863, is built entirely of stone from this quarry furnished at a cost of $2.50 a cord. About 1870, John B. Fox, who some years before had engaged in farming near this quarry, took charge and operated it successfully for a number of years. Mr. Fox, who, when four years old, met with an accident which caused him the loss of one eye and soon the sight of the other also, was generally known as the BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 51 North-east Corner of Western avenue and York street. Showing a stage in the development of the Schmitt Property. "blind man." He was a familiar figure on the streets of Blue Island and in spite of his afflic- tion was of cheerful disposition and got about anywhere aided only by his cane. He could go unerringly into any store or place in the village and was quick to recognize any voice when spoken to. Mr. Fox supplied most of the stone used in street improvement work and in the abutment of bridges built after village incor- poration. He retired from business in 1889. Both of these quarries have long since been abandoned and the village of Robbins now oc- cupies the site. The series of holes or pits from which stone were taken have filled with water and now are known as the "beautiful Robbins Lakes." * * * Whisky Distilleries The straggling village of Blue Island had not only its breweries but the distilling of whis- kies and brandies was also undertaken here in the early davs. Staemmler Brothers started the distilling of whiskies and brandies in a building on Western avenue near the Stony creek in the early 50's. The venture did not prove successful. Then Robert Schaare opened a place on West- ern avenue, near Desplaines street, with a sim- ilar venture, and D. F. Tippenwreiter engaged in the rectifying of spiritous liquors at Western avenue and Market street. Both these latter ventures lasted only a short time and proved failures. Tanneries of Early Days In the early 50's Wenzel Waniata carried on the business of tanning leather of all kinds in a building in the rear of his property at Canal and Rexford streets. He did a thriving business for a number of years, during busy times em- ploying 5 to 6 men as helpers. Thousands of muskrats, mink, racoons and other small fur-bearing animals were trapped every winter in the vicinity of the ridge and the adjoining swamps. The preparation of these pelts was a specialty to which Sabastian Lindner devoted himself in a small building that stood at the edge of Stony creek, on West- ern avenue. He worked alone for a number of years until further operation became unprofit- able. He later opened a candy and tobacco store at the same location which continued in business many years. 52 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" Crafts and Trades Nearly all of the wagons used here in the 50's and 60's were made in Blue Island by local blacksmiths and wagonmakers. Some of the men listed below had combination shops. The year they located here is given after the name: Blacksmiths — John Brittain '37; Nathaniel Sherwood '46; Louis Brand '52; Wm. Lowe '51; John Hartung '52; Henry Boening '52; Fred Dietz '52; Henry Doehler '54; John Fred Lau '54; Henry W. Schmitt '54; John Wolfinger '54; Wm. Black '56; Julius Hoffman '56; Fred Volk- man '56; Patrick Madigan '58. Wagonmakers — Stephan Jones '37 ; Fred Steffes '51; William Sorgenfrei '54; Rodney N. Day '51; John Staffel '56; Fred Kranz '59. During the early 50's and up to the middle 60's carpenters and masons experienced a busy period. It was during these years the breweries were built, the German Methodist and First Lutheran churches, the Bauer buildings, the Mor- gan and Uhlich homes, and numerous business buildings. Among the artisans resident here at that time were: Carpenters — D. 0. Robinson and John Kelly of the middle 40's; Fred Koehne '49; Erich Claussen '52; Theodore Guenther '49; Fred Wuetig '52; Wm. Heckler '52; Christian Krue- ger '53; August Schubert '53; Joseph Ludolph '55; Ludwig Lau '54; John Poehlsen '55; Philip Krempel '56; Chr. Wagner '56; August Grothe '56; David White '55; Martin Lange '56; Louis Heideck '58 and Geo. Driese '58. Masons and bricklayers — John Black '48; John Heim '51 ; Michael Heim '51 ; John Koehler '52; Wm. Bouri '52; Wm. Betts '52; Anton Drae- ger '53; John Buch '53; Wm. Boening '53; August Krueger '54; Frank Flassig '54; Henry Grader '55. Shoemakers — Peter Kich '48; Henry Asche '49; Fred Klein '49; Walter Williams '51; Christian Kantzler '52; August Rust '53; Christ- ian Rust '53; Carl Kurstein '53; Heinrich Bar- thel '53; Frank Flassig '54; Fred Schild '55; Andrew Kantzler '54; Fred Hecht '56; John and Clement Jostes '56; William Fischer '56; Charles F. Eidam '57, and John Ihde '59. * * * During the building of the feeder canal (1848- 49) the contractors on the work erected a long one-story log house which was used as a board- ing house for laborers. This building stood on the south side of the feeder near Western avenue. After the canal was finished the building stood unused for a couple of years. It was finally bought by Peter Besgen and Peter Schlimm, who moved it south on Western avenue to a lot just below Broadway. Besgen and Schlimm were old friends and countrymen and occupied the building jointly. Sometime in the early 60's Mrs. Besgen died and shortly afterward Mr. Schlimm also passed away. The widower Besgen then married the widow Schlimm. They lived there a while longer until Besgen had finished his new frame dwelling at Western avenue and Market street. In 1866 the writer's oldest sister, who had married John Kern, lived in this log house for a short time. Packs of prairie wolves still roamed about and I remember hearing my par- ents tell about how Kern on several occasions at night went through a trap door to the flat roof of the building and fired his shot gun at the wolves in order to stop their howling. * * * As has already been mentioned, the building of the feeder canal through Blue Island, in 1849, was an event of more than passing importance in the history of the village. Just as in our day, with the present ship canal projects underway, so also great things were expected of water transportation via the canal and river at that time. The Rexford warehouse, erected on the south bank of the canal feeder near Division street, was a large building intended as storage for grain and produce to be shipped by canal. But about the time it was completed the Rock Island railroad was built through Blue Island and there was never any use made of the building. It stood vacant a number of years and was finally burned down. * * * Before the building of the Rock Island rail- road the south-east portion of the ridge, or "hill", was the highest point and ended more abruptly than any other part of the entire Blue Island ridge. The hill originally covered all of the space south of Vermont street, east across the present Rock Island main line tracks and south to Fulton street, where it ended very ab- ruptly. All the space now occupied by the Rock Island depot, the Klein elevator and ware- house, the bottling plant and the Newhouse coal yard was excavated out of the hill, supplying thousands of carloads of filling material for the Rock Island roadbed. Vermont street, Grove street and Rexford street were very steep at that time. For two or three years after the gravel had been removed from the side hill there was a very steep stairs on Grove street, leading from Rexford street to the bottom of the hill, where the first depot was located (south of Grove street. ) BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 53 In the Late Sixties East side of Western avenue, between Grove and Vermont streets. The little building, between the two larger buildings at the right, is where Blue Island's first news- paper, The Herald, was started in 1873 by Charles Feist- korn. Early in the 40's a man named Barteleme owned all of the property on the east side of Western avenue between Fulton street and Stony Creek. In 1847, M. Dillschneider built a tav- ern and summer garden on this property. One of the attractions of the place was an open air bowling alley ("Kegelbahn") a game which was largely patronized by German residents. The boards of the alley, being laid right on the ground became so warped in time that if a ball rolled down the middle board it would always result in a strike. The tavern was a one and one-half story frame, with a porch the full length on the street side. It was destroyed by fire in the late 50's. Germanicus Cooley, who located in Blue Is- land in 1839, built a house on Rexford street, between Vermont street and Grove street, about where the Klein elevator now stands. When in 1851 the Rock Island railroad bought all that portion of the hill lying between Vermont, Rexford and Fulton streets, and start- ed excavating the gravel, Cooley was compelled to move his house. The new location of the building was at the south-west corner of West- ern avenue and Vermont street, (only the north half of Vermont street was platted and open at that time). Heinrich Boese occupied it several years as a residence and for some time later it was used as a private school. Then Charles F. Eidam acquired the property (1857) and used it as shoe shop and residence for many years. In 1892 the village council approved a plat for opening Vermont street to its full width from Western avenue to Ann street and the building was then moved to the north side of Vermont street, west of Maple avenue, where it stands today, but so improved and altered that it bears but little resemblance to its former appearance. Eidam in the meantime erected a two-story brick store and residence on what then became the south-west corner lot of the intersection. This building survived the big fire of 1896. It was later enlarged and modernized and stood until it was razed to make way for the modern bank building which now occupies the site. Next to the "Folk House", on the west side of Western avenue, and just on the edge of the hill, Nathaniel F. Sherwood in 1847 erected a two- story frame residence building and blacksmith shop where he carried on business for a number of years. In the early 50's John and Clemens Jostes occupied the residence. The shop was torn down about 1860. 54 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" Half-way down the hill, and just north of where the Schreiber hardware store now is, Philip Hector, in 1848, erected a residence and boarding house. It was torn down in the late 60's. The business of cooperage was carried on here in the late 40's and up to the 60's, by William Benjamin and Michael Koerner as private enter- prises. Benjamin was located on the south- west corner of Vermont street and Greenwood avenue, and Koerner was for a time at the south-east corner of Western avenue and Grove street. They built barrels, tubs, buckets and wooden tanks for local requirements. Among the German settlers who flocked to Blue Island in large numbers during the late 40's and early 50's, we find expert craftsmen of a large variety of trades, nearly all of whom had learned their art in the old country. There were carpenters, cabinet makers, masons, coop- ers, blacksmiths, tinsmiths, iron workers, paint- ers, wagon and carriage builders, chemists, artists, photographers and many others of the usual trades. And there were some occupations which in our time would be considered unusual and novel, but which in those pioneer days were accepted as ordinary. Such, for instance, as Anton Baintele who made wooden shingles by hand. Then there was Ferdinand Luedtke, an expert smith, who in the latter 50's had a little shop on Broadway, near the Rock Island railroad tracks, where he made horseshoe nails by hand. He made a good living at it, too, for a couple of years. Then machine-made nails came on the market and drove the price down to a point where his business was no longer profitable and he quit. Christian Driese was the basketmaker of the community in the early 50's and carried on the business for quite a number of years. He was first located on Canal street (then known as the feeder road) and later moved to East Vermont street, where members of the family still reside. John Popp and William Bishop were every- where known as the "well-diggers". They dug most of the wells in the community in the 50's and later. The average depth of wells on top of the hill was between 35 and 50 feet, at which depth usually a good supply of fine drinking water was obtained. Once in a great while a well was found where the water had an un- pleasant taste and could not be used. The water of a well dug on the Wolfinger place, on the south-east corner of Western and Burr Oak avenues, had a quite bitter taste. A chemical analysis showed it to contain magnes- ium sulphate of considerable volume. The water could not be used for domestic purposes so an attempt was made to market it as a mineral water, but it was not a success. Popp was locally known as "Little John". In the latter 60's he quit the digging of wells, moved to the east side of the Calumet river and took up farming. He located on the south bank of the river, about half-way between the feeder dam and Ashland avenue. With the help of his wife they formed bricks of clay and straw and built their cabin. Later additions to this cabin, as the family increased, were made of lumber. This cabin was standing until quite recent years. Two sons of this pioneer couple bought property just east of the old home where they engaged in farming. John Popp located just east of Ashland avenue and Frank Popp's farm adjoined his brother's farther east. The John Popp farm is still being worked by his son Frank, but the Frank Popp (Sr.) farm was sold and turned into a golf course several years ago. The old Frank Popp home is now the residence of the caretaker of the Pipe 0' Peace golf course. * * * Important Trading Center Although many small communities had sprung up around Blue Island during the early and middle 40's there was not a store of any conse- quence in any of them. Blue Island on the other hand had some exceptionally well-stocked gen- eral stores for that period. The natural result of this was that Blue Island became the trading center for a very large surrounding territory. Then, too, most of those who did their trading here also received their mail at this post office. Blue Island's strategic location on the Vin- cennes road — one of the earliest south-to-north highways constructed in this section — also gave the village an enormous advantage over neigh- boring settlements. Customers of Blue Island stores frequently came from as far away as Dyer, Momence, Kan- kakee, Mokena, Lockport, Lemont and other places within a radius of fifty miles. Farmers generally preferred to buy in Blue Island rather than in Chicago where they had sold their produce. For nearly twenty years Vincennes road was the most important traffic link between Chicago and points to the south. Enormous trains of heavily laden wagons were constantly passing through Blue Island — one way or the other. Nearly every one of these wagons would stop here at least one night before proceeding to its destination. Tavern-keepers did a rushing busi- BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 55 ness and those engaged in general merchandising also prospered. Vinceness, Ind., one of the oldest, if not the oldest city in Indiana, was a mission in 1702 and at one time capital of the state. Situated on the Wabash river there was much traffic by flat boats and it was believed that it would become a very important city. Chicago thought it would be advantageous to be connected with it. So trade relations were established between the two points. In 1853 two thousand wagon loads of groceries, dry goods and other merchandise and supplies passed through Blue Island from Chi- cago for points in the upper Wabash section. The Vincennes Trail, as it was known for many years, intersected the Sauk Trail at Brown's Corners, just south of what is now Chicago Heights. These two trails were for many years the high-roads of travel — the Sauk Trail from east to west and the Vincennes Trail from north to south. Each fed the traffic of the other. Vast herds of cattle and sheep coming in over the Sauk Trail from points south and west, des- tined for the Chicago market, would strike their northward course at this intersection and pass over the Vincennes Trail through Blue Island. Stories have been handed down by early settlers of the enormous herds of cattle, thousands in number, and flocks of sheep, sometimes three and four miles in length, which usually would "lay over" on the prairie near Blue Island in order to give the weary herders and their ani- mals a period of rest before proceeding into Chicago. * * * Doctors of the 40's and 50's During the first eight or ten years no doctor was located in the settlement. This entailed a great hardship on our first citizens, for, when sickness came it meant a journey to Chicago, the nearest point where a doctor could be procured. Among those who located here during the 40's and 50s' were the following: Doctor Truesdale, who. came in the late 40's was perhaps the first to establish himself here. Then came Dr. Henry Folk who lived on Western avenue across from the Blue Island House. Dr. Henry Douglas came in the 50's as did also Dr. Adolph Boden- stab. A Doctor Hiller was here for a short time in 1853. In 1855 Dr. Graham Marr and Dr. Emil D'Orville located in Blue Island, and a Dr. I. G. Bauer was here only a few months in 1857. Later, in the 60's, came the Doctors Berg, Old, Allen and others. It has been impossible to get a complete rec- ord of the doctors who located here in the early days, as some remained only a month or so. Circulating Library Magazines and books of all kinds were not so plentiful in our little community in the days of 1840-50 as they are now. In fact, the reading material available consisted almost exclusively of the books each family had brought along when they migrated here, and such copies of the Chicago newspapers as found their way into the village from time to time. There was perhaps, no better or larger selec- tion of books on history and travel in the village then than that of Mr. Thomas McClintock. This fine scholarly gentleman always stood ready to help those less fortunately situated than himself, so that when a committee proposed he permit the loan of his books to the villagers he readily con- sented. So a plan was evolved under which a respon- sible person could borrow a book and retain it a certain number of days at a very slight charge. Thus came into being Blue Island's first circulat- ing library, consisting of approximately 100 vol- umes. Later, when the new brick school was built, in 1854, a very fine selection of books was avail- able to the villagers from the library established there. It consisted of some 800 volumes of his- tory, science, travel and fiction. It was a very excellently selected lot of books. Prof. Rodney Welch, the principal, saw to it that there was no trash. * * * Wanted "White Papoose" Although most of the Indians left this vicinity, following the signing of the treaty in 1833, there were quite a number who lingered behind, loathe to leave the beautiful country which had been taken from them by the white man. While these red men were generally inclined to be friendly there was still a constant feeling of distrust on the part of the white settlers when any number of Indians was seen together near the settlement. So, when a nomadic tribe of Indians erected their tepees not far from the home of Mr. and Mrs. Royal Fox the household became alarmed and saw the doors were kept locked. In spite of these precautions the Indians often visited their home. On one such occasion the Indians saw the baby, Annis, and at once signified they desired to buy the "pale face baby", offering to trade for one of their own papooses. When the offer was declined they came again, offering a por>- and two papooses in exchange. Mrs. Fox was in great fear lest her baby be stolen and was greatly relieved when the Indians broke camp and started for the West. 56 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" Early Names Cause Mail Confusion In the early post office days there was much trouble and confusion with the mails, owing to the different names applied to the community, not only by those living here, but also by those from the outside. Known at first by the original name "Blue Island" as applied to the entire ridge, then plat- ted and for a time known as Portland, although the residents continued to call it Blue Island and the Post Office department naming it "Worth," it was a question whether a letter addressed to Blue Island might or might not arrive at its destination, as such an office did not exist ac- cording to the post office authorities. From May 1, 1839, to February 24, 1843, the official name of the post office at Blue Island was "Portland". From February 24, 1843, to April 20, 1850, it was "Blue Island". Then legislation was enacted making the post office name correspond with the name of the township in which it was located, so the Blue Island post office became "Worth". The change did not suit the people, who fav- ored the name Blue Island, and many efforts were made to induce the post office department to resume that name, but to no avail. So for ten years, from April 20, 1850, to January 10, 1860, the post office was known as "Worth". Following is an official communication sent Postmaster Schapper in reply to a petition of citizens requesting that the post office be known officially as "Blue Island" — a name which by that time was generally used: Post Office Department, Appointment Office Washington, D. C, April 12, 1858 Sir: Frequent changes of the name of post offices are productive of confusion and irregularities in keeping the accounts of Postmasters, causing, very often, errors in the books and much extra labor. Besides, they lead to irregularity in transmission of mail matter, as post- masters cannot, for some time at least, become familiar with such change. For these reasons it is deemed inex- pedient to change the name of the post office at Worth, Cook County. Respectfully, Your obedient servant, Horatio King, First Ass't. Postmaster General The Rock Island railroad had been built through the village by that time and the name on the station was "Blue Island". Pressure on the post office department at Washington was increased and finally, after more than ten years' effort, the following noti- fication was received: Post Office Department, Appointment Office Washington, D. C, Jan. 10, 1860 Sir: The Postmaster General has changed the name of your Post Office from Worth to Blue Island, in the County of Cook and State of Illinois; by which name only will it be hereafter officially known. You will be careful, in correspondence from your office, especially with the department, to designate your office by the official name only; and in the date of your communication to the Department, to insert the name of your county and the initials of your state, as well as the name of your office. You will have the enclosed bond properly executed, with two sufficient sureties. When received here and appproved, a new commission will be sent to you. Very respectfully, your obedient servant, Signed: Horatio King, First Ass't. Postmaster General Postmaster, Worth, Cook Co., 111. The early day postmasters did not receive a stated salary but were allowed a commission on business done. The rate of commission varied on different classifications, ranging anywhere from 15 per cent up to 80 per cent on some. Thus on registered matter, the postmaster re- ceived 80 per cent of the fee. On receipts from newspaper postage the postmaster got 50 per cent. On letter postage the commission was only 15 per cent. The whole system was rather complicated and gave rise to frequent errors. Postage rates varied considerably, depending not only on weight of the letter, but also the distance to be carried. In the late 50's and early 60's an average letter sent to California cost 10 cents; the same letter sent to Europe would cost around one dollar, depending on weight and country of destination. Envelopes as we have them were not used. A letter was written simply on one side of a sheet of paper, the outer edges of the sheet of paper were folded in, then the top and bottom were folded over and sealed with a drop of seal- ing wax. Government-issued postage stamps did not make their appearance until the beginning of the 60's, so postmasters usually wrote the amount of postage paid on the face of the letter sheet. Chicago Older Than Blue Island This writer has been asked whether the statement one sometimes hears that Blue Island is older than Chicago is true. That statment is not true. Chicago was incorporated as a town in August, 1833. In 1834, the year when Thomas Courtney, the first white man came here to settle Chicago had a population of 3,279. BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW The First Murder Murder was a henious and shocking crime those days when a life was considered of far greater value than it is today. So our little settlement was horrified when the body of a man, shot through the head, was found lying by the roadside, in the Town of Worth, just outside of Blue Island, Friday, December 18, 1857. In the road, opposite the spot where the body was lying, was a large pool of blood, and from this a bloody trail showed that the deed had been done in the road and the mur- derer had then dragged the body to the spot where it was discovered. A Chicago newspaper of that time tells the story as follows: especially proficient in mathematics. He soon dissipated the family fortune. "Landing in Chicago, May, 1857, intending to settle near Oshkosh, Wis., he found himself without money and a "through ticket" to Osh- kosh. He worked for a while at the Hagerman Tavern near Clark and Taylor streets, Chicago, when he went to Blue Island in September, haul- ing wood for two brothers, named Bode, also Swiss people. "Here he committed his first crime. Being entrusted to bring back the mail, he learned that the Bodes expected money from the old country. He watched for it. It soon came; a United States express money order for $387, which he sold and fled to Milwaukee, purchas- The Old Union House Built by John Engelhart in 1875 and for many years conducted under the name "Bairischer Hof." Photo courtesy L. Staffel. "The man shot through the head, was recog- nized as a German farmer living in the western prairie named Lauermann. He started from the Blue Island Hotel at daybreak, where he had lodged the night before, with his team and load of oats for Chicago. His team having disappeared, suspicion was aimed at a young Swiss, Albert Staub, alias Emile Derr, who had stopped at the hotel with Lauermann, and who asked his permission to ride with him to the city. Sheriff Wilson and Captain Bradley, noted detective, set to work; traced Staub to Milwaukee, brought him back to Chicago where he was placed in jail and pressed for confession of the Lauermann murder and other crimes. He admitted his age as only nineteen years, that he was born and raised in Thalwill. near Zur- ich, Switzerland. That he was a "blacksheep" coming from excellent people; fine education, ing a saloon for $600, at $80 down, the balance on New Years Day. "He went direct to Blue Island, fell in with Lauermann, formed the plan of killing his new found friend and selling his horses and oats to get money for his business. "The weather was terrifically cold and Staub proposed to drive the team. Staub took the lines, while Lauermann was kicking his feet against the footboard to start the blood coursing into his benumbed feet. While in this position Staub drew a pistol, aimed it. A moment later the German was dead. "He dragged the body from the road and left it. Driving the team to Milwaukee, arriving there the 21st, he was immediately arrested, being identified in a description furnished by Captain Bradley. He stated his one object was plunder, to get money enough to buy that saloon. He did 58 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" not know how to get it only through robbery. "He confessed in the Chicago jail, had a short trial and paid the extreme penalty Tues- day, April 20, 1858. Thousands gathered on that rainy day; the crowd following the pro- cession, wading in water knee-deep, to where the gallows was erected, in Reuben street, near Ashland avenue. "The National Guard Cadets with Captain Stryker, the Shields Guards under Captain Kelly formed the square around the scaffold. Rev. Baum of the Clark street Methodist church, in German, warned others to keep away from liquor, bad company and not allow their love for money to lead them into crime." This is the detailed story of the first murder in Blue Island's early history. * * * "Horrible Murder — Shocking Depravity" Under the above caption the Chicago Demo- cratic Press of October 5, 1853, recounts what is believed to have been the first murder com- mitted outside of, but in the near vicinity of the village. "It is an unpleasant task to be under the necessity of recording the following facts. Leo Cender and Anna Barbara Schenck were incar- cerated in the county jail yesterday, charged with the murder of Jacob Scheib on Thursday upon the Rock Island railroad, near Blue Island, in the Town of Worth. They were arrested about 1 o'clock yesterday morning, examined and brought to the city in the afternoon. It appeared upon examination that the woman Schenck had been living for some time with the murdered man as his wife; that Cender came to the house in the evening and a quarrel ensued between Cender and Scheib, of which the woman was the subject; that in the affray Scheib was shot in the breast with a shot-gun, causing his imme- diate death. The alarm was given by a small boy in the house at the time and the prisoners were arrested in the same bed, but little removed from the body of the murdered man weltering in his gore and the gun lying by his side on the floor. It is seldom indeed that the annals of crime present a scene so perfectly heart-sicken- ing and barbarous." * * * Wife Murderer Arrested Here Christian Jacobi, a fugitive from justice, was arrested in Blue Island for wife murder com- mitted in Pittsburgh in 1858. He was tried, found guilty and hung May 20, 1859, in that city. (Chicago Press and Tribune, May 20, 1859.) Township Organization Prior to 1850 there was no township division in Cook county. In early spring of that year a commission consisting of Stephan A. Rexford (Blue Island), W. L. Church and M. Winchell was appointed to make the division. They were allowed $2.25 per day for their services. The Supervisors of Cook county met on April 30, 1850, and accepted the report of the com- mission, which was duly approved and ordered recorded. Under this arrangement the township of Worth included not only the territory we now know as "Worth", but also all of that which under a later division was made "Calumet" township. Blue Island at that time was entirely in Worth township. The first township meeting in Worth was held at the home of Carlton Wadhams in Blue Island, April 2, 1850. Henry Douglas was elected Supervisor. On the same date Thornton township elected Andrew H. Dolton supervisor; Bremen township elected Leonard H. Scott; Palos township, Mal- inchton A. Powell; Orland township, William A. Jackson; Bloom township, J. Holbook, and Rich township, Eli Taylor. Calumet township, which under the division of territory as made by the commission in 1850, was a part of Worth township, was not organ- ized until March 5, 1867. At that date the division was made which left it as now con- stituted, bounded on the north by Lake, on the east by Hyde Park, on the south by Thornton and on the west by Worth. The first election for the organization of the township was held June 17, 1862, at the store of Gorris Van der Syde in Washington Heights. Benjamin Sanders was chosen moderator and A. G. Kile, clerk. The officers elected were: Thomas C. Morgan, supervisor Albert Kroon, clerk; T. F. McClintock, assessor; Charles Ell- feldt, collector; George Luchtemeyer and A. B. Wheeler, justices. * * * The First Births The first male child born in the settlement was Norman Barton Rexford, born in 1836. He was the son of Mr. and Mrs. Norman Rexford, who built the first hotel in Blue Island. The family was at that time located just outside of what later became the village limits. The first girl born in the village was Eda Ann Jones, daughter of Stephen and Martha Jones, in 1840, and sister of Stephen Decatur Jones. BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 59 Robinson Hall, Erected by C. D. Robinson in 1860 This property was later purchased by Frederick Zacharias after which it became known as "Zacharias Hall" and also for a time as "Busch & Brand Hall." Destroyed in the big Blue Island fire of May, 1896. Halls of the Early Days Blue Island, even from its earliest days, was well supplied with halls where dances, enter- tainments and public gatherings could be held. Rexford's Blue Island House, built in 1836, was, of course, the scene of the community's gaieties in the very early days. In fact, for nearly fifteen years it was the leading social center for a very wide section around Chicago and many important functions were held within its walls. Engelhardfs Hall, built in 1852, was in the second story of a reconstructed barn in the rear of the saloon which fronted Western avenue, south of Grove street. It catered principally to farmers' dances and access to it was through an alley and most of the time through a labyrinth of teams and wagons. The first little school house on Vermont street, near Ann, built in 1854, served several years for public meetings of all sorts, church services, court trials, etc. Then there was the German Theatre, also known as Schubert's Hall, on the north side of Vermont street, just east of the alley at Henry street. This was built in 1856 especially for the German Dramatic Society and flourished for a number of years. This building had a large hall so arranged that it could be transformed oulckly for either dramatic entertainments or dances. It had a large stage, dressing rooms, etc. It was destroyed by fire. Robinson's Hall, built in 1859-60, was for many years a Blue Island landmark. It was a large building and owing to its height of three stories, towered above all the neighboring struc- tures. The basement was given over to a saloon, bowling alley and general storage. The first floor was divided into store spaces and the sec- ond floor was arranged for offices. There was a wide stairway leading up from the ground floor to the hall, which occupied the entire third floor. The band platform occupied a space underneath a large cupola which topped the building. This cupola served as an observatory from which a wonderful view of the surround- country could be had. This hall was known also as Seward Hall and for a time as Busch & Brand's. In the early 70's Frederick Zacharias bought the property and it then became known as Zacharias Hall. The third floor of the build- ing had on several occasions shown signs of weakness when large crowds attended dances there, so Mr. Zacharias had it taken down, leav- ing the two lower stories. The building was destroyed in the big fire in May, 1896. The hall over the Massey & Sammons store on Western avenue (later Boehl's) was used for a variety of public purposes during the early 50's. The Universalists held Sunday school and church services there before their own church building was completed. 60 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" Blue Island Liederkranz The love of song and music, so inherent in men and women of German birth, found its expression during the early years of our little community in the formation of a small group of men, who, drawn together on various occasions, loved to sing the old songs of the Fatherland. This small group of kindred souls was com- posed of Charles Ellfeld, August Schreiber, Friederich Sauerteig, August Schubert, Louis Brandt, August Bulle, Henry Schmitt and two brothers named Bode. For some time they were known as the "Saengerbund." Charles Ellfeld who settled in Blue Island in the early 50's, a man of good education and fine musical ability, soon became the leader of this small group of singers. It was he who detected the musical possibilities of the various voices and brought out their latent qualities into har- monious combinations. Soon these occasional gatherings resolved themselves into regular stated meetings and in the early summer of 1853 it was decided to organize permanently under the name "Blue Island Liederkranz". Ellfeld, who all along had been the advisor and guiding spirit, was chosen director. His energy and enthusiasm for the work seemed to know no bounds. Months of intensive study and practice ensued and soon the Blue Island Liederkranz announced a public concert. The success of this first venture before the public of Blue Island was so great that thereafter "concerts by the Liderkranz" became real events to be looked forward to. By 185? the original eight members had been added to and increased to eighteen active singers. These names were on the roster at that time: Charles Ellfeld, F. Sauerteig, Jacob Boehl, George Friese, C. Kuesten, Philip Zorn, Gottlieb Klein, M. Brandt, Dr. D'Orville, John Roet- tingen, A. Schubert, T. Huegel, C. Wasserman, H. Schmidt, C. F. Eidam, H. Wolff, August Schreiber, Louis Brandt. That year a "Saengerfest" was held in Mil- waukee, in which German singing societies from many localities participated, our little group being one of them. A quartette, composed of August Schreiber, Gottfried Voigtmann, Herman Schmitt and Charles Ellfeld had been organized only a short time before, but it was decided that this quar- tette should represent the society at Milwaukee and enter in the prize singing contests. It was a momentous undertaking as it was the first time the little band of singers was to meet vet- erans in competition. But so well did they acquit themselves that they were awarded first prize amid the thunderous applause of the as- semblage. This achievement of the quartette was hailed with joy by the entire membership of the Liederkranz. The following year a similar "Prize Saenger- fest" was held in Chicago. At this event sing- ing societies from St. Louis, Davenport, Mani- towoc, Freeport, Chicago and other cities competed. The Blue Island Liederkranz was awarded second prize in the competition and thereafter was acknowledged among the leading singing societies of the Northwest. Founded in the pioneer days its first meetings were held in a log house, and later in various private homes. But as the society grew in num- bers and popularity, so also did the desire to acquire permanent quarters or a home it could call its own. Early in the 70's an arrangement was made with the Blue Island Turnverein for use of quarters on the upper floor of the Turner hall at Grove and Henry streets. The Blue Island Turnverein, which had started its career under most auspicious circumstances in the late 1860's built its own hall in 1872 and for several years continued as one of the out- standing turner societies of the state. But dis- sension arose among its members and soon there was a split in the organization and a new turner society, known as "Concordia" was formed. This group leased property on Grove street, a short distance east of the old hall (where the Grove Street Garage is now located) and under ar- rangement with John Engelhart erected a build- ing of its own. That was the situation in 1887 when the Blue Island Turnverein found itself in financial dif- ficulties and about to have its property fore- closed. But before foreclosure could be brought the Blue Island Liderkranz came to the rescue, purchased the ground, made extensive altera- tions in the building, assumed certain financial obligations and renamed the hall "Saenger Hall." Charles F. Eidam was president of the singing society at that time. Now the "Singers" had their own hall and there was great rejoicing among the members. The organization was incorporated and a great two-day "Saengerfest" was planned. This was held October 1 and 2, 1887, and singing societies from many cities participated. Decorative arches had been erected over the streets at various points and the business section of the village was in holiday attire, bedecked with flags and bunting. Hundreds of visitors from outlying points thronged the streets. The first day of the celebration was devoted to a grand concert in Saenger hall, and on the BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 61 Blue Island Liederkranz of 1853 Top row — Hupke, Bode, Schubert, Vogtman, Sauerteig, Ellfeldt, Bode, Braun. Second row — Bulle, Brand, Schreiber, Boening. Bottom row — Herman Schmitt, Kursten, Heinrich Schmitt, Hirsch, Bulle. The original of this picture was taken on the 18th day of June, 1853. second day there was a great parade through the principal streets and a picnic in Ellfeld's Grove, followed in the evening by dancing in the Saenger hall and also in Concordia hall. Less than a month after this gladsome celebration the Liederkranz membership was saddened by the death of its beloved founder and director, Charles Ellfeld. His death oc- curred October 29, 1887. October 21, 1892, the Liederkranz partici- pated in the song festival at the dedication of the buildings of the Columbian Exposition. During the early morning hours of May 17, 1896, a fire started in a shed behind Engel- hardt's Union House, spread with ferocious rapidity and in less than an hour Concordia hall had been burned to the ground and Saenger hall, in which a dance was in progress at the time, also was swept away by the flames. The loss of their hall was a severe blow to the society, as only small insurance had been carried. But undaunted in the face of disaster, there was but a short delay before steps were taken to rebuild and on August 15, 1897, the laying of the corner stone for the new hall was celebrated. This was another gala occasion. A crowd estimated at 3000 attended the cere- monies; there were speeches by Mayor Jacob F. Rehm, President, Wm. Schreiber, and Emil Hoechster of Chicago. The dedication of the new hall took place November 21, and again there was a great celebration, with bands and banners and a great crowd of visitors. The cost of the new building was $8000. In August, 1903, the Liederkranz celebrated its 50th anniversary with a big picnic in Cal- umet Grove. The membership at that time numbered 145. Several years of prosperity and growth followed this event, then suddenly this country became embroiled in the war with Ger- many. This situation spelled disaster for the Blue Island Liederkranz, all activities ceased and within a short time the organization of which Blue Island had always spoken with pride became a thing in name only. So, when on January 9, 1918, a fire of un- disclosed origin destroyed the hall which had been the scene of so many of the society's gay 62 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS'" Built by Blue Island Turnverein in 1872 It afterward became the property of the Blue Island Liederkranz. Destroyed by fire May 17, 1896 and notable affairs, the Liederkranz found itself in such shattered condition that it was unable to rebuild. Its membership decimated to a mere handful, its morale broken by the terrible events of the war, and with an empty treasury, the organization was obliged to see the home it had long struggled to acquire pass into other hands. There was no course left but to disband and that was done. * * * But after peace had been declared the passing years brought a saner perspective of this coun- try's participation in the war with Germany William Heiden and several other German young men, all musically inclined, who had im- migrated to Blue Island, learned of the sad plight into which the Liederkranz had fallen, and soon efforts to revive the organization were successful. Heiden acted as director for a short time until in March, 1926, H. Kornemann became the leader. Under the latter's direction a strong organization has been built and on October 28, 1928, the Blue Island Liederkranz was able to celebrate its 75th anniversary with a grand con- cert, assisted by several celebrated artists and 25 male voices and an orchestra of 20 mem- bers of the opera company. The celebration was held in Eagles Hall, the site on which the former homes of the Liederkranz had stood. The Blue Island Liederkranz has again become an active organization and is fast regaining the prestige of former years. Regular practice is being held under the able direction of Mr. Kornemann. There are at present 27 active and 11 passive members. The officers and active members are as follows: President, Kurt Reichel; vice-president, Ernst Mais; secretary, William Borchardt; finance secretary, Ernst Borchard; treasurer, Frank Mehlin: archivar. William Amft; "bummel- major", Joseph Froschauer; members, Joseph Benzing, Otto Benzing, George Borchardt, Jacob DeGroot, Julius Drews, Heinrich Geberding, John Haase, Paul Hildebrandt, Alex Hennig. William Janssen, Joseph Ketterer, Albert Klein, BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 63 Liederkranz Hall as rebuilt after the Big Fire of 1896 And again destroyed by fire in 1918 Edward Sieben, Harold Steinhart, William Trie- bold, Walter Wiessner, Karl Zipfel, Joseph Lechner, Frank Heiden, Karl Sterzel. Passive members, Karl Neumann, Adam Deis- cher, Henry Buer, John Fleischer, Richard Mais, Ole Anderson, Joseph Dominick, Herman Kon- soer, William Hennig, Peter Wiessner, Charles Benzing. * * * German Dramatic Society Almost coincident with the organization of the Blue Island Liederkranz, in 1853, was that of another society among young German-speak- ing people. This group was composed of both women and men whose leanings were toward theatricals. It was their thought, that while indulging in their own favorite pastime they might also turn it to profitable use and provide for the villagers, entertainment of which they were sorely in need. This society gave a number of light comedies and dramas in the hall of Rexford's Blue Island House which at that time was owned by Jacob Boehl. The place being operated by German people, was well suited for the purpose, and it had a raised platform that could be transformed into a stage. Plays were sometimes given once a week, but usually every two or three weeks, always on Sunday nights. These performances were well received and often the audience taxed the cap- acity of the hall. Encouraged by their success the society began to feel the need of a larger and more suitable auditorium — yes, they argued — perhaps a the- atre they could call their own. August Schubert, a member of the Blue Island Liederkranz, who had supported and encouraged the dramatic club, favored the proposed expan- sion. After some persuasion he agreed to build a hall specially suited to requirements of the society. The location selected was a lot on the north side of Vermont street, just east of the alley where the Central M. E. Church now stands. Schubert was a carpenter by trade, but had harbored an ambition to run a saloon. So here 64 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" was an opportunity to gratify his ambition and at the same time derive an added income from the theatre. Accordingly a large two-story frame struc- ture, measuring 50x80 feet, was erected. In front, on the lower floor, Schubert had his saloon and immediately back of that were the living quarters for his family. The second floor was given entirely to the auditorium. It had a large stage with dressing rooms, and the ar- rangement was such that the hall could readily F. Buchemholz Active Member of Old Liederkranz be used for dances, with tin reflectors. Footlights were candles It was known as the German Theatre and for a year or so the arrangement proved profitable for Schubert and the dramatic club. The build- ing became a gathering place for Germans, the Liederkranz also making use of the spacious hall from time to time. But changes were being made rapidly in the little community. Business expansion was along Western avenue and Schubert's became an out- of-the-way place. His business dwindled, the attendance at the theatre fell off, until it was no longer a paying institution. One night there was the cry of "fire" and soon John Huppel's drum awoke the sleeping populace. The German Theatre was a mass of flames that could not be checked with the inadequate facilities of the volunteer fire department. Soon nothing but charred embers were left where budding genius had sought to express its his- trionic ability. A complete list of those who were members of this group could not be obtained, but here are a few: Mrs. Henry Grader, John Huppel, Mr. and Mrs. Christian Schmidt, August Grothe, Mr. and Mrs. August Schubert, Miss Ida Krue- ger, Theodor Jauchzer, John Staffel, Henry Brandt, William Ebel. Henry Stift was the di- rector. The theatre was not rebuilt and the group of amateur thespians soon disbanded. * # * Blue Island Turnverein During the latter 1860's a number of Ger- man young men, athletically inclined, formed an organization known as the Blue Island Turn- verein. They bought various gymnasium ap- paratus, engaged an instructor, and soon had a well-drilled athletic organization of about 40 members. The name "turner" was derived from the prin- cipal athletic exercise which organizations of this Herman Bischoff Director of Liederkranz 188U 1898 kind featured, viz: exhibitions of spectacular feats on a "turning pole". Some of these feats were extremely difficult and dangerous — and — at that time, were comparable to those of "the man on the flying trapeze" of our day. For a number of years this organization met in various rented quarters, and during the sum- mer months its drills and exercises were held in the open. These "work-outs", held usually be- BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 65 fore a "turn-fest" at El If eld's grove, always at- tracted large audiences. The membership of the Blue Island Turnver- ein was drawn mostly from the younger mem- bers of the Blue Island Liederkranz and the vol- unteer fire companies. Many competitive events with similar organ- izations from Milwaukee, Joliet, Chicago and elsewhere were arranged. These "Turnfests" in- variably were held at Ellfeld's Garden and al- ways attracted many spectators. Cor. Western Ave. and Vermont St. 1890 Now site of the First National Bank The organization prospered and in 1872 a lot was bought at the corner of Grove and Henry streets and a large three-story building erected thereon. This building contained a saloon, bowl- ing alleys and gymnasium in the basement, a large high-ceiling dance hall, ticket office and cloak rooms on the combination first and second floors, and club rooms on the third floor. For a few years things went smoothly. Then the mortgage which had been placed on the property began to press heavily. A drive for new members and additional revenue failed to avert disaster. Dissension over management arose and there was a split in the organization. The seceding faction at once organized, and called itself "Concordia Turverein" and proceed- ed to build a competing hall only a short dis- tance east of the old hall. Then in 1887 when foreclosure of the Turner hall property was imminent, the Blue Island Liederkranz, which for some time had been rent- ing space in the building, came to the front and bought the property, forestalling a forced sale. This hall and the one erected by John Engel- hart for the Concordia society were both de- stroyed in the big fire of 1896. A few of the men active in the affairs of the Blue Island Turnverein were: Charles Eidam, John Staffel, Carl Schmitt, August Grothe, Will- iam Bouri, Clement Jostes, Conrad Kich and Fred Felcht. Volunteer Firemen of the Early Days The cry of "fire! fire!" at any time a dreaded sound, was doubly so in the days of the 50's when the equipment and methods of combating the red demon were of the most crude and in- adequate sort. Yet the little bands of volunteer fire-fighters did valiant service, and, although the building that was on fire usually burned to the ground, they often succeeded in preventing the flames from spreading to adjoining property. It was a real honor and distinction those days to belong to the "fire department," and nearly every prominent and able-bodied man did "be- long". The fire department was the leading civic organization of those days. It usually ar- ranged the picnics, dances and other public events. July 4th was the big day. This holiday seemed to have been made especially for the vol- unteer firemen and on this day the "department" was out in full force and in its greatest splendor. There was a big parade starting from some prominent point in the village to the picnic grounds. The firemen wore red flannel shirts Jacob Link and Fred Hohmann Two of the Old Fire Laddies with blue collars and leather helmets. The "chief" carried a large silver-plated speaking trumpet with long gilt tassels through which he gave marching orders. The hook and ladder wagon was painted in bright red and the equip- ment consisted of ladders, axes, pike hooks in various lengths, while on each side there was a row of leather buckets. The motive power for 66 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS' One of several Arches Erected at street Intersections for the Liederkranz Saengerfest in 1887 — Looking West on Grove Street. this equipment were the firemen themselves, each grapsing the long rope by which the wagon was drawn, while the "chief" walked ahead of the procession and gave the orders. There was a brass band, of course, and the firemen, bedecked in their colorful uniforms, keeping step to the martial music, and drawing after them the indis- pensable hook and ladder truck, presented an in- spiring sight to the youth of that time. There were most of the time in the days of '55 to '65 two fire companies. Membership in these was entirely voluntary and changed fre- quently, both as to personnel and numbers. Some of those most active in the volunteer or- ganization were: John Staffel, Conrad Kich, Charles Ellfeldt, August Schreiber, Charles F. Eidam, August Grothe, John Engelhardt, Louis Brand, John Huppel, Charles Johler, and others. There was no fire bell or fire whistle in those days and when the cry of "fire" was heard every- body would take it up and soon the yell of "fire! fire!" would resound in every section of the vil- lage. When a fire occurred at night someone would rush to the home of John Huppel, a tinsmith living at the foot of the hill on Western avenue, and awaken him. Huppel would get out of bed, hang a big drum around his neck and parade up and down Western avenue, beating the drum loudly in order to awaken everybody. Some- times when the call was urgent Huppel would not take time to dress and in nightshirt and slippers would rush out to sound the fire alarm with the 'rub-a-dub-dub" of his drum. When the sound of Huppel's drum was heard at night everybody knew there was a fire and would hustle out as soon as possible. * * * Ellfeldt's "Lustgarten" Charles Ellfeldt, one of the better known of the earlier German settlers, came to Blue Island in 1852. He was in many ways a unique char- acter. A school master in the old country, it was but natural that he should turn his attention to similar pursuit here. So, for a time, he taught classes in German, but it proved unprofitable work. He organized a brass band of which he was the leader. At one time he had a saloon on the south side near the village limits. Then in 1853 he was one of the eight men who organ- BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 67 ized the "Saengerbund" which later was re- named "Liederkranz". He became director of the singing society, remaining in that role until 1884. He was a justice of the peace for many years, frequently dispensing justice in a novel manner. It is said that one time he even granted a divorce. Although not a professional dentist he drew many an aching molar for the early vil- lagers. After selling his saloon on the south side he located on East Vermont street, near Robinson street, where there was a fine grove of trees, and opened a picnic grove. This was known among the Germans as Ellfeldt's "Lustgarten"' I Pleasure Garden). It was patterned after the beer gar- dens of the old country and for many years was a favorite gathering place for both German and English citizens. There was a large dance hall, bowling alley and bar and a brass band supplied music for the dances and rendered special numbers. Dances were held nearly every Sunday and on holidays the Grove was always crowded. The Blue Island Turnverein frequently gave athletic exhibitions here and at times there were com- petition prize "Turnfests" in which turner soci- eties from elsewhere participated. After Ellfeldt's death, which occurred in October, 1887, the grove soon lost popularity and it eventually was subdivided into lots and is now built up with stores and homes. * * * Concordia Grove The Concordia Turnverein, an offshoot of the old Blue Island Turnverein, was organized in November, 1886. The officers were: Carl Schue- man, president; John Wolz, vice-president; Carl Schindler, secretary; Conrad Johler, treasurer. The society had a picnic grove in Kieffer's woods between Grove street and the north shore of Stony creek, just west of State street. Here, turning exhibitions were held in connection with the organization's picnics, which were almost every Sunday occurrences during the summer months. The grove flourished for a while until financial and other trouble.? caused t!ie organiza- tion to disband. * * * Pfeiffer's Woods In the early days no one knew or thought of such a thing as "going away on a vacation". Trips to the mountains or a couple of weeks' stay in the north-woods were unknown. But the love of the woods, and streams and the great out-doors was there just the same, and this desire found a measure of satisfaction in the numerous public picnics held on Sundays, holi- days and on many special occasions. In the early 80's Pfeiffer's woods on the op- posite shore of the Calumet river was cleared of underbrush and arranged for picnic purposes. This beautiful natural grove soon became a fav- orite for lodge, club and church picnics. This name was later changed to Calumet Grove. It became a part of Cook county forest preserve district about ten years ago. Joshua P. Young At one time owner of all the land between Vermont Street and Burr Oak, Wertern and Maple avenues. Village President in early years. Photo Courtesy Mrs. D. A. Longacre. First Weddings The first wedding in the village was that of Uriah Wentworth and the Widow Boardman. The wedding took place at the house of Heber S. Rexford, a justice of the peace, who also tied the nuptial knot. The second on record was that of Stephan Jones and Martha Cran- dall, in 1837. Justice Rexford held office for sixteen years and officiated at nearly all the earlier marriages in the settlement. * * * During the 40 - 46 period the legal wants of the early settlers were cared for by the fol- lowing: Heber S. Rexford, Rodney N. Day, Dan- iel 0. Robinson, Benjamin Sanders, Andrew H. Dolton, H. C. Reichert, David Andrews. 68 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" West Side of Western Avenue — Looking South from Grove Street Before the Big Fire of 1896. The three corner buildings were destroyed. Roads of a Century Ago No one traveling over the smooth and wonder- ful concrete highways of today can have the slightest conception of the frightful and im- passable condition in which the so-called roads of a century ago would become at certain sea- sons of the year. To call them "roads" is com- plimentary. During the early days and well up into the 50's most roads were only trails or wagon tracks through the prairies, changing constantly at the whim of some driver who sought better ground, or according to weather conditions. In the wet season these roads were a succes- sion of mud holes, some seeming almost bottom- less. The whole country around the Ridge was more or less swampy, and certain roads were impassable six months of the year. The roads to the west and south were exceptionally bad. Movers passing through the village often were marooned here for many Weeks and it was not unusual for some driver, more venturesome than the other, to make an attempt to go through, only to have his wagon hopelessly mired when only a short distance out. Section lines were ignored completely; when one road was too badly cut up another was started. The higher spots of ground were al- ways picked out for these roads and so they turned and wound in every direction. That ac- counts for so many crooked roads, or roads running at an angle to each other. Later an effort was made to correct this condi- tion. Roads were laid out on section and half- section lines. These were graded and some form of drainage provided. Gradually, the prairie trails were abandoned and traffic fol- lowed the newly established lines. For many years even these roads were often in frightful condition owing to the swampy nature of the lowlands. The newly-formed Cook county had no money to expend on roads and there was then (previous to 1850) no township organization. The villages and hamlets were poor and what little work was done on roads was done strictly within their own immediate confines. This led in the late 40's and early 50's to the formation of "plank road" companies. These companies were organized for profit and shares of stock were sold the same as in any public utility or industrial project. These were toll, or pay, roads. * * * The Southern Plank Road The first plank road was the "Southern", later known as the "Old Plank Road". The company was organized February 12, 1850, the stock being owned mostly by Chicago men. This road was projected to run from Chicago through Blue Island to Momence. By April 20, 1850, one tier of plank had been laid from the South- ern Hotel on South State street, Chicago, a dis- tance of one mile. By January 1, 1851, the road BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 69 was completed to the "Ten-Mile House" (Kile's Tavern ) on Vincennes Road, near 80th street. The Rock Island railroad was by this time under active construction, and although there was a strong sentiment in favor of plank roads as a means of transportation as against rail- roads, the proprietors of the old plank road decided they would cease construction at the Ten-Mile House. In reference to this road the Chicago Demo- crat under date of October 10, 1848, published Built during the late 50's by John K. Polland and sold by him in 1863 to Frederick Sauerteig. May 13, 1871, Peter Schlueter became the own- er and conducted a dry goods store here for many years. On Schlueter's death Paul Klenk moved his dry goods store from diagonally across Western avenue and occupied the prem- ises until 1891. In the meantime Klenk had bought property and put up his own store building at the south-west corner of Western avenue and New street. William Staffel, who had started a dry goods store on the South side in 1883, then bought the property and moved his business uptown to the new location. For nearly sixty years, under three successive ownerhips, there has been a dry goods store in this building. A chain store has occupied the premises since 1930. The property is still oivned by the Staffel estate. Photo courtesy Frank Krueger. the following: "The distance from the city bounds at the end of State street to Rexford's at Blue Island in a straight line is twelve miles, the estimated cost $1800 per mile, making a total of $21,600. We understand that it is the intention of the proprietors of the stock to com- mence the work at once and complete it to Blue Island, then to make a reasonable dividend, say 6 per cent, and then to expend the surplus in extending the road to the county line in the di- rection of such other places as will build a road to meet them. The road will be of the greatest advantage to the city as well as to the stock- holders. The distance to the north line of Will county is about thirty miles". However, the original plans of the projectors of the Southern (or Old) Plank Road never matured and it never was built farther than Kile's Tavern. For several years this road car- ried heavy traffic, but as little or no attention was given to its upkeep it was soon in bad condi- tion. The Old Plank Road was made a free road in the middle 50's. * # * Blue Island Plank Road The Blue Island Plank Road company was formed in 1853 and was organized by John McCaffery, John Evans, Richard K. Swift, Will- iam F. Johnson and Nicholas Iglehart. A not- ice that subscriptions were open for stock of the corporation was published in the Democratic Press (Chicago) in July, 1853. The line was to be a continuation of Hoosier avenue, through Canalport to Blue Island. The name Hoosier avenue was changed in November, 1853, to Blue Island avenue. This road commenced a little north of 95th street on Western avenue, then ran into the present Blue Island avenue at about 26th street. Note — On the Volk map of Blue Island, made in 1858, that part of Western avenue below the hill is given as "Main, or Wabash Road" and that part of Western avenue on top of the hill is marked "Blue Island Avenue". Blue Island avenue was so-called because it was the most direct road between Blue Island and the west side of Chicago. The Blue Island Plank Road was generally known as the New Plank Road in order to dis- tinguish it from the other.. It was a toll road and naturally was used only when the other roads were in bad condition. This plank road was also made a free road in the early 60's. In an article on the New Plank Road headed "Blue Island Avenue" the Chicago Democratic Press, under date of November, 1853, has the following: "The city council changed the name of Hoos- ier avenue to the euphonious title which heads this article, last Monday night. After the com- pletion of the New Plank Road to Blue Island 70 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" this will be the route for travel to take between that point and this city. The bridges on the plank road across the canal and west branch of the Chicago river are up and nearly ready for crossing. They are fine substantial structures, built in Stone & Boomer's best style. The planks are being laid and spiked on the road beds as rapidly as a strong force of men can put them down. The avenue is to be 120 feet wide south of the canal to the head of Blue Island and it is the design of the property owners to plant a row of shade trees on each side of it next spring." The unbounded confidence with which the plank roads were looked upon as a means of developing a country, and the antagonistic atti- tude toward railroads, was illustrated on many occasions by public discussions and by numer- ous articles in the newspapers of that day. Many able statistics were submitted to show the ad- vantages of the plank roads over those of the steam roads. But plank roads have long disappeared and have almost been forgotten. Railroads tri- umphed and are still with us, only today they are fighting competition — not of plank roads — but of transportation on concrete highways and aerial routes. * * * Sickly Years of '47 and '49 The years of 1847 and 1849 were extremely sickly, so much so, that very few escaped. Many times there were none well enough to take care of the sick. Fever and ague was the prevailing disease, with bilious and intermit- tent fever for a change. The early settlers suf- fered terribly. No doctors could be found short of Chicago, and no other help to be had. Those few families who lived here then were very kind, as is always the case in a new country, but each had as much to do at home as could be done, consequently could assist others but little. Very few escaped the "shakes" by which name the ague was commonly known. The swampy condition of the lowlands which surrounded the Ridge aggravated the situation. These swamps provided a natural breeding place for millions and billions of mosquitos which spread disease so rapidly and thoroughly that scarcely anyone in the little community escaped. "There were many times in my own family", Heber Rexford wrote, "when no one was able to give a cup of water to another, and had it not been for the kindness of one Samaritan woman (God bless her!) I think we must have died. "Well, that was bad enough, but in addi- tion to this we had mosquitos — bushels, wagon loads, yes, carloads! Perhaps you will say I am extravagant, but a vision of those days and the sufferings we endured pass through my mind, I am not willing to fail one mosquito. This was in the early days, but now so changed. No ague, only a few dozen mosquitoes, and the health of Blue Island excellent". Quinine was the usual and most successful remedy for combating the "shakes," but the price of $3.00 to $5.00 an ounce made it practically prohibitive to some of the colonists. Arsenic, less expensive, had also been found to give re- lief from the ague, but since its use was fraught with danger it did not become a popular remedy. In 1849 and again in '53-'54 cholera morbus swept through the little colony with epidemic violence and whole families died. Medical as- sistance was next to impossible to be had, since Chicago and other nearby sections were also af- fected. Even then most doctors were helpless, as only a few knew how to treat the malady. So when a member of a household was stricken the family usually prepared for the worst. During the middle 50's — from '53 to '55 — there was an epidemic of diphtheria that proved fatal in nine cases out of ten. The whole community was aroused owing to the virulence of the disease. Burials were made as quickly after death as possible and sometimes secretly at night. In a few cases when coffins were not available the body was interred simply wrapped in a blanket or some portion of the bedding on which the victim had died. There were no regular undertakers up to 1860 and even later. Hearses were unknown and flowers at funerals were unthought of. In warm weather burial had to be done as quickly as possible. Coffins were built from plain boards, usually painted black on the outside and lined inside with a cheap white cloth, padded with straw or shavings. They were always built after death to fit the corpse. Funerals were cheap those days — usually $5.00 and seldom more than $10 — the price being based on the size and qual- ity of the coffin. A farm wagon was the hearse. There were no public burying grounds, or cemeteries, here then and interment was usually made on some part of the family property, or on the property of a friend. Sometimes, too, an out-of-the-way place in the woods was chosen. There is a pretty well substantiated record that the body of Zachary Wilson, who died in 1839 while building his home, was buried on top of the hill "behind the Rexford House," where several others were also buried later. This hill was excavated in 1851 by the Rock Island BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 71 railroad. Mrs. Hunn, who died in 1842, and at least two others, were buried on the "Sanders ridge," now Central Park. A maid employed at the Seyfarth Tavern and a hired man at the same place are said to be buried in the edge of the hill back of where the old tavern stc od. Mrs. Courtney, the first white woman here, was probably buried near where the Lutheran church now stands. At least seven, and possibly nine persons whose remains have never been exhumed, lie buried in the center of what formerly was known as "Robinson's Grove"— the block bounded by Vermont street, Western avenue, Grove and Henry (Artesian) streets. These persons were: Harry Robinson, a brother of Charles D. Robin- son, who died during the terrible cholera epi- demic in 1849; "Grandpa Hall," the step-father of Mrs. Henry Robinson ; two children of Edgar Doane; a child of Carlton Wadhams and two servant girls in the Robinson family and prob- ably several others. (These facts vouched for by Mrs. A. C. Fuller, daughter of Charles Drake Robinson.). # » # The Old Blue Island Cemetery Early in the 50's the need of a public burying ground was felt. A number of citizens got to- gether, contributed funds and appointed a com- mittee to find a site for a cemetery. This com- mittee selected a piece of ground fronting 310 feet on Burr Oak avenue and 330 feet on High- land avenue. That is the ground now known as the old Blue Island cemetery. The original deed to this property was lost and a new one given in 1867. This later deed shows that on March 2nd, 1867, Charles D. Robinson and his wife, Emily Robinson, con- veyed the old cemetery property to Hiram Squier, William Baumbach and Rodney N. Day, trustees of the Blue Island Cemetery Association, and to their successors in office. On June 5th, 1868, the subdivision of the cemetery was filed for record. The cemetery then comprised 126 lots, 20x20 feet in size, with streets and alleys between said lots. Thomas F. McClintock was the surveyor. Somewhat later "Blue Island Cemetery" was incorporated and on July 20th, 1889, the then Trustees of the old cemetery association, Theodore Guen'.her, Andrew Reiner and William Sorgenfrei, on behalf of the Blue Island Cemetery Association, conveyed the prop- erty to the Blue Island Cemetery, a corporation. There is an old plat in existence which would indicate that the cemetery was at one time known as the Worth Cemetery. There is nothing on the plat, however, to indicate when it was pre- pared. In addition to the original cemetery property there were two additions: Henry H. Massey, on June 5th, 1868, platted an Addition to Blue Island Cemetery which was later known as Massey's First Addition to Blue Wadhams Memorial The monument illustrated above is one of the very few of such burial markers left standing intact in the old Blue Island cemetery. David Wadhams, members of whose family are buried here, was a brother of Carlton Wad- hams, pioneer of the year 1839, and builder of the American House. Guy Wadhams, also one of the early settlers here, was a brother of David and Carl- ton. Island Cemetery. Later Massey platted a Second Addition to the cemetery on July 2nd, 1875. The First Addition consisted of fifty-four lots, 20x20, with streets and alleys between the lots. The Second Addition consisted of one hundred twenty-six lots, also 20x20, with intervening alleys. Many of the lots in the first and second addi- tions were never sold, and of those which were sold the title thereto was either transferred to Mount Greenwood Cemetery Association when the bodies were transferred to the latter ceme- 72 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" tery, or was conveyed by mesne conveyance by the original subdividers and owners to the Blue Island Park District. In addition, the Park District has obtained deeds from Mount Green- wood Cemetery Association and all others who had any reversionary interests in the properties. Burial in the cemetery was prohibited by or- dinance passed by the Village Council in 1898. This action resulted in the suit of the Blue Island Cemetery vs. Village of Blue Island, which was filed October 29th, 1898. This suit resulted in a complete victory for the Village and as a Having laid out, platted and dad recorded an addition soutf of and adjoining the Of Fifty-four Lois, each Twenty feet Square, I will, for the next thirty day9. sell Lots in the same, to those wishing to saoure them for THIETT FIVE DOLLARS esch. Those coming first will have the first choice. TERMS CASH. At .the end g ^ I ^c^ to «*■» I to . -Si B.co --J-^ © ~ & i .■$ . s "^ ■*"£ to^ ^to to -s; ©itj -c to 2 © ^i ►CD5; ^§1 ©3s S&3 S M a o 8 S © +? to o to &S ^ to .g . ^•8 3> to to iO : °££ g"^* to 65 J r g «* ^-as " c, *i ^ to © 53 ,ECj » pcq t?S to © © 5- o to Ho ■ 53 to "^ -"5 "«£ -sS fea 53iV §&5 a, -■* Qi to . © '3 "s«« © to "" g 78 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" REMINISCENCES The following personal reminiscences of early days and historical sketch of the Robinson Fam- ily were written by Mrs. A. C. Fuller in 1912 and printed in The Blue Island Sun at that time. Mrs. Fuller was a daughter of Charles Drake Robinson and came here with her father in 1840. She died March 9, 1918, at the home of her daughter, Mrs. F. D. Day, in Wilmette. Mrs. Fuller's Reminiscences Charles Drake Robinson, his wife Emily Bal- lard Robinson, and their infant daughter left New York City in October, 1840, bound for Chicago. Mr. Robinson had exchanged a large tract of land located at Elizabethport, New Jer- sey, which had been occupied for years by the Singer Sewing Machine Manufactory for a farm out West, described as being "located in Illinois, 16 miles south from Chicago," as boys trade jack knives, "sight unseen." Neither Mr. or Mrs. Robinson had any idea of what farming meant, but armed themselves with that then noted book, "The Cultivator," which became their daily study. The Yale College graduate and his amiable and intelligent young wife started farming in the wild west. The small house on the prem- ises was soon replaced by a good sized farm house. Pioneers alone know what pioneer life is. As the steamboat came into Chicago harbor one could stand on the deck and count the houses of the now wonderful city. Blue Island was without a post office, one must drive to Chicago for all mail and pay twenty-five cents for every letter received as there was no prepaid system. Indians were plenty. Mrs. Robinson frequently took her children in her arms and ran to the field where the men were at work, that is when she would see the Indians coming. They always begged food, which was not an easy article to get when 16 miles from a commissary station. The Rexford Tavern located at the top of the Western avenue hill was the only place for social affairs. Young and middle-aged (there were no old people — they stayed down East) drove into the town of three houses, bringing a trunk — as every belle must change her dress two or three times during the night— no one left until day break, just get home in time to feed the stock, eat their breakfast, then to the field. Mr. Robinson lived on this farm, now known as the "Brayton Farm" about six years, then sold and bought a farm a few miles south and west in Bachelor's Grove. This farm did not prove a good investment so he sold and bought a larger farm on Thorn Creek opposite Butter- field's Woods. This farm is now Flossmoor Golf grounds; this beautiful tract of rolling country was very productive. Mr. Robinson built gran- eries, barns and a good house, the latter on the hill just west of the highway. From here all the produce was taken by trains to Chicago, men starting at 3 o'clock in the morning, returning the day following. Poultry 4c a pound, eggs 5c a dozen, beef 4c a pound, quail 18c a dozen — so a heavy load did not net heavy returns. Prairie fires were frequent; all the neighbor- hood — and they were scattered — came immedi- ately to the relief: brooms, mops, pitchforks, and every available weapon was brought to the rescue. Children were kept close at home, the near woods growing quite dense along the banks of the creek afforded shelter for the wolves, of which there were many. Chickens, young lambs, and calves were at their mercy if not carefully protected. The house was back from the street on a rise of ground having several acres which was used for pasture for young stock. It was the duty of each child to see that the two great gates were always closed. Across the street was the Butter- field Farm, very early settlers, a large field and a good orchard. The farm bordered upon Butterfield Creek upon whose banks grew many kinds of fruit. This home was used, or was an open house, for all passers-by; a light was al- ways in the window, a beacon to all weary travelers. After the death of mother and father, the two sons, John and Elijah, married and moved to California. There were three daugh- ters, Martha, Eliza and Jane. About 1847, Mr. Robinson, tired of farming, sold this farm and after a few months' visit to his old haunts in New York City opened a store for general merchandise, corner of Western avenue and Grove street. The original building was burned but the property is still (1912) owned by his heirs. Blue Island at that time had one street — Western avenue. There was the old stage line from Chicago to Vincennes. What is now Grove street was a winding path among large trees as far as Ann street, where the Indian trail came in. The Misses Periam kept a private school for small children in the woods east of Western avenue — afterwards Miss Elizabeth Periam mar- ried Benjamin Sanders. Mr. Robinson invested BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 79 heavily in Blue Island real estate and until his health failed had a prosperous business. He was a staunch Republican until his idol, Horace Greeley, the founder of the Republican party was in 1872 defeated as a candidate for president by U. S. Grant, when he became a democrat through and through. The family numbered seven daughters and three sons all but one (a daughter) lived to manhood and womanhood, spending most of their lives in Blue Island. Emily Ballard Rob- inson died in Blue Island, November 6, 1887, and Charles Drake Robinson, her husband, died May 22, 1893 — both buried in the family lot in Mt. Greenwood. Henry Robinson and his wife, Elizabeth Bingle, father and mother of Charles Drake Rob- inson, came to Blue Island in the early forties, having for many years been a merchant in New York City. Mercantile business was more to his taste than the tilling of the soil — he opened a small store on what is now known as Western avenue, built up quite a business. During the spring and fall the Indians were quite heavy buyers, coming up the Calumet river, brought their furs and exchanged for goods, a majority of which was red calico and tobacco. Mr. Hall came with them, he being Elizabeth Bingle Robinson's step-father. He lived but a few years after reaching Blue Island. Mrs. Henry Robinson died in 1852 in Green Bay, Wis., at the home of her daughter, Mrs. Edgar Doane, whose family lived for a few years in Blue Island, owning the farm which in later years was called the Carter farm. Mrs. Doane was the only sister of Charles D. Rob- inson. Harry Robinson and Joseph Robinson (broth- ers of Charles D. Robinson) with their families lived for a few years in Blue Island. Harry died at the home of his father in Blue Island during the terrible cholera epidemic in Chicago and surrounding country. His widow and daughters returned to New York City. Joseph Robinson and family went overland to California in that ever to be remembered year < f "49". They were successful in their journey ' et existed the return tri P was a of the Rock Island railroad fail to shed any backup one. light on the public reception which its first train And how inauspicious was the starting of this received at Blue Island on that memorable Octo- first train! The Chicago Daily Democrat (now ber 10, 1852. the Chicago Tribune) of October 13, 1852, Our pioneer forefathers may not have had a stated: great love for railroads, but it's a safe bet that "Very quiet and efficient are the men who have in when that little "Rocket" engine, pulling six hand the building and equipping of the Chicago and gaudily painted coaches, snorted to a stop at Rock Island Railroad. They started their first train 7i j i j .- • .1 £ r> to Johet bunday morning the 10th, at ten o clock, the drab wooden station just south of Grove without the blowing of trumpet8 or the firing of guns ; street, all the town s inhabitants and dignitaries We went along and found Mr. Gilmore, the efficient from the postmaster down, were there to welcome superintendent, giving his personal attention to those it. Station Agent Henry Huntington, was, of interests confided in him. Most of the distance the .1 t^ii • U„ roa d passes through prairie, though, now and then, course, the important local personage since he ' * .• u w»u : *u r r t> it crosses groves of timber. Within two or three represented the company. One can imagine a m ;i es f j o]iet it enters the valley of Hickory creek, welcoming speech, probably by the postmaster The stations on the road are as follow: Junction, six or justice of the peace, handshaking, congratula- mi ^ from Chicago; Blue Island, fifteen miles; Bremen tions and lusty cheers from the town's 200 throats (now Tin,ey ., Park 4 twen ^three miles; Mokena, , . J -, -. . T ,. L i twenty-nine miles. We noted as fellow travelers Mr. as the train proceeded on its way to Johet, then Farnam, the contractor; Mr. Jervis, the chief engi- the terminus of construction work. neer; the Hon. J. A. Matteson, of Joliet, contractor The small frame depot at Blue Island was in ,md , er Mr. Farnam for the completed portion of the i r .i • j road; Mr. Judd of Chicago and many other well-known no way ready for occupancy at this time and c j t j Z ens. as no provisions for turning the locomotive here "The locomotive, the "Rocket," in charge of James ■9H HbS M & ^BH Bl m -mm fed, T/ie ifed run. Xjf % ■ St ty Li ate L /; *> v v'JaM ^Vh 'i s ^ ■ *!3HbV , s CO ttj 3 2 wL.i_ k^wJIM Br § "o 1 1 kIE ^Hi pi ^ tj a^ **3P^ SIB SI § 11 ^*** w *««5» : !• ••! ■ ^ CO CO tj kit a ■T^m. ^ qs * -S - wih. l i § 5 03 g WBk o <*mHU Wk ' A' &h 5> $1 JftiS&$ : ' '^SflS BjIBu i^BI ed b Rock CO 3 -a jjfgH .SI *W&*&sm B 4/ * jff^fl ft ^MHttlk > JH Hm .§ « je£ : uHmnP^* BHIVtt fj CO o » £Wr* ir ii ■Ml Rt ex-- jr^'VQa w CJ ^ f^f * ; ItH flUul o cq !; * &&U BHH i-*a '* ** J"SH H*5&&K' * 2 nflff ^^Bi H J91 ■M^^^^BHS^k « "S a a . ^#^1 MSM ree of the cr ache, the Om * 1 ;:;"■■'■■;;'■■ Stony Creek at Low Water Stage Looking West under old Western Avenue Bridge — About 1910. Flooded Condition of Stony Creek, Spring of 1902. Canal Spillway, near Ann Street Where all that is left of Stony Creek empties into the Canal. 156 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" other train each way terminated at Kensington. The service to Dolton Junction and Kensington was established June 2, 1872. When the Illinois Central announced its plans of extending subur- ban service to Kensington the merchants of that town strenuously opposed the arrangements, fearing that the residents of the town would find it too convenient to do their shopping in Chicago. The Van Buren Street station was established in November, 1872, after the trestle between Randolph street and Park Row had been filled in with debris from the fire-swept areas of the city. The first Sunday suburban service was estab- lished on March 16, 1873, when two trains were operated each way between Randolph street and Grand Crossing, which had been established three years before by Paul Cornell, the founder of Hyde Park. In 1880, George M. Pullman purchased 4.000 acres of land west of Lake Calumet on the Illi- nois Central, and there began the construction of his great "Pullman Palace Car" plant, as well as workingmen's homes, business buildings, schools, churches, a hotel, bank, library and theater. The Illinois Central contributed to the success of the enterprise by erecting a fine station and increas- ing its suburban train service between Chicago and Pullman to 36 trains daily. Pullman soon attracted world-wide attention as a "model manu- facturing town." Its population increased from one family in 1880 to 12,000 persons in 1893. The year 1891 witnessed two developments of historic importance. One was the beginning of construction of the Blue Island branch, to which reference has already been made. The other was the beginning of preparations for the great World's Columbian Exposition. The suburban service provided by the Illinois Central was one of the leading factors in determining upon Jack- son Park as the site of the exposition. During 1891, 1892 and the spring of 1893, Kenwood, Hyde Park and Woodlawn underwent a remark- able transformation. Several large hotels were erected; hundreds of apartment houses, homes and business buildings were constructed; the University of Chicago was established at its pres- ent location; the Midway Plaisance and Jackson Park were transformed from unsightly swamp- land and marshes into a fairyland of beauty and color and architectural splendor such as the new world had never before seen. The Illinois Central elevated its tracks from 53rd to 67th streets to afford uninterrupted ac- cess to the exposition grounds. Extensive im- provements were made to suburban facilities, the present through passenger station at Park Row was erected, mechanical facilities were moved from Weldon to Burnside, and the railroad constructed two additional tracks be- tween Randolph street and the Midway. Forty- one locomotives and 300 passenger coaches were added to the service. During the fair the Illinois Central provided the principal transportation service between downtown Chicago and the ex- position grounds. Up to this time all suburban service had been local, stopping at all stations. Express suburban service was first introduced in May, 1893, when the World's Fair express trains were run every 15 minutes without a stop between Randolph and Van Buren streets and 53rd, 57th and 60th and 63rd street. Train schedules during the fair provided 294 week-day trains and 198 Sunday trains in and out of Ran- dolph street. From May 1 to October 31, 8.780,000 passengers were handled to and from the exposition. Blue Island's first suburban schedule, put into effect on December 18, 1892, provided for twelve trains (six each way) on week days and four trains (two each way) on Sundays. Prior to 1905 there were two classes of sub- urban service — local and express trains. The local trains made all stops between terminal points; the express trains, with few exceptions, ran express between Van Buren street and 53rd street and made all stops south of that station. On May 14, 1905, "special" train service was introduced between Randolph street and Floss- moor. The first special suburban train on the Blue Island branch was placed in operation June 28, 1908. The inauguration of electric suburban service on August 8, 1926, was an event of outstanding importance to Chicago. More than 70 civic and business organizations, in Chicago and outlying communities, joined in a mammoth celebration to commemorate the event and to pay well de- served tribute to the enterprise and progressive- ness of President Charles H. Markham and other officers of the Illinois Central for bringing about this great improvement, the accomplishment of which had taken years of preparation and effort and the expenditure of many millions of dollars. The project, in addition to the actual electri- fication of suburban service, included the elim- ination of all street, highway and railway grade crossings on the main line for a distance of 38 miles south of the Chicago river; relocation of nearly all tracks in the Chicago terminal; con- struction of extensive shop facilities; relocation and construction of freight and passenger yards; construction of bridges, tunnels and subways; erection and reconstruction of suburban station BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 157 facilities; construction of 250 miles of trackage; reconstruction of several miles of retaining walls and the reconstruction of the signal and inter- locker system. The electric suhurban service covers a zone embracing 37.8 route miles and 127 miles of trackage, and in electrifying this service it was necessary to erect more than 900 cantenary struc- tures and to string approximately 293 miles of transmission wires and 470 miles of messenger and contact wires. The electric service was begun with new equip- ment throughout. The cars, specially designed and built for this service, are of all-metal vesti- bule construction, each having a seating capa- city for 84 passengers. Spaciousness, cleanli- ness, good ventilation, uniform heating and Grand Trunk Railroad System Files and records of the Grand Trunk Railway System which are in charge of Mr. E. W. Hotch- kiss, of the Treasury Department, in his office at Detroit, show that at one time the name "Blue Island" was incorporated in the title of a rail- way company. That road was known as "The Chicago, Blue Island and Indiana Railroad Company," and it was formed to be the Illinois division of the line of roads then in the process on construction from Chicago, Illinois, to Port Huron, Michigan. The charter dates to 1868 and on July 10th of that year the following gentlemen were elected Directors of the newly incorporated railway: Henry Fuller, G. S. Hubbard, C. B. Sammons, Type of engines used in the early Fifties. ample lighting are among their notable features. Each two-car unit represents an investment of $75,000; therefore, a six-car train costs nearly a quarter of a million dollars. Electrification brought not only better equip- ment but more trains and speedier service. Prior to electrification the Illinois Central operated fifty-one trains to or from Blue Island on each week day and thirty-four trains on Sunday, whereas the present schedule provides approx- imately twice that number — 100 on each week day and sixty-nine on Sunday. The fastest train operated prior to electrifica- tion made the trip run Blue Island to Randolph street in fifty-eight minutes. Today the fastest electric train makes the run in thirty-five minutes, an improvement in speed of forty per cent. The Illinois Central now handles around 28,000,000 passengers a year on its electric trains and provides Blue Island and other communities with a suburban service unsurpassed not only in Chicago but in any city in America. H. H. Massey, J. P. Young, George F. Bailey, H. S. Rexford, F. Sauerteig, Royal Fox, A. N. Hart, Michael Brand, W. L. Bancroft, Leonidas D. Dibble, Thomas S. Stanfield, S. T. Reed, S. H. Anthony, John Bienfeldt and L. P. Hilliard. Mr. Henry Fuller was chosen by the Directors as their president, while the other officers elected were: Mr. Guidon S. Hubbard, vice president; Mr. H. H. Massey, treasurer, and Josuha P. Young, secretary. The headquarters were estab- lished in Chicago. During the period that the Grand Trunk Rail- way was in process of development in Canada, Sir Henry Tyler, who afterwards became presi- dent of the company, visited Canada in 1867 and under the instructions of the Board of Directors, made a special inspection and report regarding the condition and prospects of the railway. One of Sir Henry's recommendations urged the ex- tension of the railway through to Chicago — then the growing emporium of the great West — recording a population of 220,000 souls. The 158 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" activities of Chicago so appealed to the visitor that, he asserted, is possessed of "... a com- merce that was one of the marvels of the age." It was only in 1879 that the Grand Trunk was enabled to carry out the ambitious project and in that year finances were made available for the construction or purchase of a line from Port Huron, Michigan, to Chicago. The new line to Chicago incorporated under the name of the Chicago and Grand Trunk, April 6th, 1880, was completed and opened in December of the year 1881. At first, communication between the two lines of railways across the St. Clair river be- tween Sarnia, Ontario, and Port Huron. Michi- gan, was maintained by powerful car ferries. Afterwards a submarine tunnel was constructed between these points and was opened for service in 1891, the first international submarine tunnel on this continent. Beginning about 1865 there was a new inter- est in railroads in America. Numerous lines were planned and some of these were to take shape and afterwards come into actual opera- tion. Companies which had come into being in Michigan, Indiana and Illinois were fated to link and unite and by the time the Grand Trunk was ready to really undertake the ambitious project of operating its own line from the international boundary to Chicago important parts of such a line were in existence. Several of these were acquired by purchase and where necessary new construction was undertaken to connect the var- ious links. It was the fate of the Chicago, Blue Island and Indiana Railroad company to have become part of one such consolidation. On March 15th, 1869 the Peninsular Railway Company ( Illi- nois) was formed and in 1870 it took over the Chicago, Blue Island and Indiana. The Penin- sular Company in 1870 was consolidated with two other companies, the Peninsular Railway Company ( Indiana ) , and the Peninsular Rail- way Company (Michigan). These three Penin- sular companies then formed a line of railway from Chicago to Lansing, Michigan. At the time the Peninsular took over the Chi- cago, Blue Island and Indiana, the latter had rails of 56 pounds to the yard. When the three Peninsulars were united as one, that company possessed five locomotives, four passenger cars, two mail, baggage and express cars, 14 freight box cars, 32 flat cars and one caboose. The total cost of building this line of road and in- cluding the cost of the 58 units of rolling stock amounted to $4,774,000. The Peninsular consolidation later joined with the Port Huron and Lake Michigan Railroad Company to form a continuous line from Chi- cago to Port Huron, this union being completed on April 5th, 1873. These consolidations be- came the Chicago and Grank Trunk Railway Company, the predecessor of the present Grand Trunk Western lines. B. & 0. C. T. Railroad Company The Baltimore & Ohio Chicago Terminal Rail- road company, which has been operating a freight and transfer railroad through Blue Island under that name since January, 1910, is the suc- cessor of at least half a dozen companies active in the promotion and building of railroad lines through and in the vicinity of Blue Island. In 1889 a company was formed at Chicago under the title of Chicago & Blue Island Rail- way company. This company acquired a fran- chise for right-of-way between 75th street and the northern limits of Blue Island. Overtures for a franchise to construct a rail- road through Blue Island were made to the vil- lage board, but there is nothing in the Blue Is- land village records to show that such an or- dinance was ever granted. In the fall of 1889 the Chicago & Blue Island Railway company made a proposal to The Chi- cago Central Railway company to effect the con- struction of a railroad between the above men- tioned points by turning the right-of-way over to the latter company, contingent upon the con- struction of a railroad on the property. On De- cember 16, 1889, an assignment of the right-of- way was made to The Chicago Central Railway company. The Chicago Central Railway company was incorporated Oct. 19, 1889, and organized at Chicago on Nov. 5, 1889. On Dec. 16, 1889, this company acquired by assignment the right- of-way of the Chicago & Blue Island Railway company, extending from 75th street to Blue Island. ' On July 14, 1890, the Blue Island Vil- lage Board passed an ordinance granting the company a right-of-way through Blue Island. *During the year, 1890, it built and put in operation a line of railroad from 75th street to Blue Island and in 1891 extended the line from Blue Island to Harvey. On July 25, 1892, it completed a double-track line from 75th street to Western avenue junction. On Oct. 1, 1891, it sold its property to Chicago and Northern Pacific Railroad company. Note — The Chicago Central Railway company, which built its line through Blue Island in 1890, operated passenger service between Blue Island and Chicago at a fare of 5 cents each way. Owing to this cheap fare the road was commonly referred to as the "Nickel Line." It did large commuter buiness for a time, but lost money on the nickel fare, which was soon raised. 160 BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW The Chicago and Northern Pacific Railroad company was incorporated Nov. 22, 1889. Or- ganized at Chicago, March 5, 1890. Acquired from Chicago Central Railway company the line of road between Western avenue junction and Harvey, passing through Blue Island. By deed of April 19, 1897, sold all property to a committee of bondholders who in turn deeded the property on June 9, 1897, to Chicago Ter- minal Transfer Railroad company. Chicago & Calumet Terminal Railwav com- pany — Formed Aug. 11, 1887, through consolida- tion and merger of several corporations, each of which had proposed building railroads from tram , CX?V^Z^^> CHICAGO "S> RAILWAY. J5*i'_„i_ ® A u_ N E I r i ,v So r K is|«^ %t . £ 97 Types of Passes issued by Rock Island Railroad in the early 80's. the vicinity of Indiana-Illinois state line to Blue Island, but none of which had actually built any line. Construction records are incomplete; how- ever, it has been ascertained that between 1887- 1894 the line from Pine Junction, Indiana, to McCook, Illinois, was completed and in opera- tion. The exact date of construction through Blue Island cannot be ascertained. By deed of June 7, 1898, it sold its property to Chicago Ter- minal Transfer Railroad company. Chicago Terminal Transfer Railroad com- pany — Incorporated June 3, 1897. Organized at Chicago, June 5, 1897. Acquired line from Chicago & Calumet Terminal Railway company, from Pine Junction to McCook, June 7, 1898. Acquired line from Western avenue junction to Harvey from Chicago and Northern Pacific rail- road company, June 9, 1897. Property sold to Sheean and Preston at public auction on Jan. 6, 1910. Sheean and Preston turned over prop- erty to The Baltimore and Ohio Chicago Ter- minal Railroad company on Jan. 10, 1910. Indiana Harbor Belt Railway The Indiana Harbor Belt Railway is one of Blue Island's valuable assets. Linking, as it does, with all other railroads in the great Cal- umet manufacturing region, it handles an im- mense tonnage of freight annually. The com- pany has offices and large yards at 139th and Halsted streets. "Wet-Dry"Election On Tuesday, April 16, 1918, the question, "Shall this City Become Anti-Saloon Territory," was submitted to a vote of the citizens at a gen- eral election. The result of that vote was a surprise to both sides — to the "wets," because of the overwhelming vote in favor of saloons, and to the "drys," because the two wards — the Fourth and Fifth — on which they had depended for a large "dry" vote — also returned "wet" majorities. The anti-saloon proposition was defeated by better than 2 to 1. Two thousand one hundred and seventeen men and 2063 women, a total of 4180 voted on the question. Of this number 2856 men and women voted for the saloons and 1324 voted against them. Every ward in the city gave the "wets" a majority, the total major- ity of the "wets" being 1532. The woman vote alone was sufficient to carry the day for the wets, 467 more women voting for the saloon than against it — the total women vote being divided as follows: For the saloon, 1265; against, 798. The men gave the saloons a majority of 1065 — 1591 voting wet and 526 voting dry. A bitter campaign was waged by both sides. Whole pages of newspaper publicity and car- toons were used to influence voters either for or against the proposition to make Blue Island a dry community. A notable feature of the campaign were the speeches of William Jennings Bryan, the Great Commoner, made in favor of the dry side at the Methodist and Congregational churches. CITY FORM OF GOVERNMENT Adopted April 16 1901 9T Divided Originally Into Five Wards and Ten Alder- men the City Now Comprises Seven Wards and Fourteen Aldermen BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 163 CITY COUNCIL NOTES WHElN the change to city government was made in April, 1901, Blue Island had a population of 6,114. The city was divided into five wards with two aldermen to a ward. The territorv comprising each ward was as follows: First Ward — The territory lying between Stony creek on the south, York street on the north, Rock Island tracks on the east and the city limits on the west. Second Ward — The territory lying between the city limits on the south, the east and west city limits, and Stony creek on the north. Third Ward — All that territory within the city limits lying east of the Rock Island railroad tracks and north of Stony creek. Fourth Ward — York street on the south, Burr Oak avenue on the north, Rock Island railroad tracks on the east and city limits on the west. Fifth Ward — All territory lying north of Burr Oak avenue and south of 119th street, the Rock Island main line tracks on the east and the city limits on the west. The elective officers were: Mayor, ten aldermen, city clerk, city treasurer, each for two year term; and police magistrate for four years. During the "off years" when mayor, clerk and treasurer were not voted on, only the five aldermen, one in each ward, were elected. In 1926 the city was redistricted into seven wards, increasing the number of aldermen to fourteen. The population at that time exceeded 13,000. The new ward divisions then established, and as they still are today, follow: The First, Sec- ond and Third Wards remain as originally defined. The old Fourth and Fifth Wards were split to create the new wards. The new boundaries of the Fourth are as follows: The territory lying within the city limits bounded on the south by the center line of York street, on the east by the center line of Western avenue, on the north by the center line of Burr Oak avenue and on the west by the city limits. Fifth Ward — The territory lying within the city limits bounded on the south by the center line of Burr Oak avenue, on the east by the center line of Western avenue, and on the north and west by the city limits. Sixth Ward — All that territory within the city limits bounded on the south by the center line of Collins street and the center line of said Collins street extended, on the west by the center line of Western avenue, and on the north and east by the city limits. Seventh Ward — All that territory within the city limits lying east of the center line of Western avenue, between the center line of York street on the south and the center line of Burr Oak avenue on the north, together with that part of the Fifth Ward immediately adjoining, up to and including the south half of Collins street, running east to the limits of the Third Ward. The First City Election The first election for city officials held on June 4, 1901, under the newly adopted city form of government, was a hotly contested one. There was opposition for every one of the major offices, except for city clerk, where Fred Hoh- man already had served 16 years as village clerk and at this time was considered an unbeat- able candidate. For alderman of the Third ward V. B. Schreiber and George Gobet had no opposition and split the vote cast almost equally between themselves. Result of the First City Election held June 4, 1901 : Total vote cast in First Ward 369 Total vote cast in Second Ward 205 Total vote cast in Third Ward 160 Total vote cast in Fourth Ward 292 Total vote cast in Fifth Ward 262 Total vote cast in all Wards. 1288 For Mayor — *John L. Zacharias 735 Dr. Edward Doepp 421 E. H. Rexford 114 For Clerk (no opposition) — *Fred Hohmann 903 For City Attorney — *George Guenther 770 George F. Borman 425 For Treasurer — * August C. Boeber 677 Mathias Helbreg 483 For Police Magistrate — *Emil Boehl 727 Daniel D. Braham 215 For Aldermen First Ward (two to be elec- ted) — *Harry Rohrbach 154 *John W. Neibert 153 Henry Schreiber 106 J. G. Diefenbach 81 164 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" Henry Blatt 67 George P. Meyer 65 For Aldermen Second Ward (two to be elected) — *Louis Groskopf 103 *J. John Joens 133 Edward Sauerbier 89 For Aldermen Third Ward (two to be elected) — *V. B. Schreiber 124 *George C. Gobet 122 For Aldermen Fourth Ward ( two to be elected) — *W. D. Henke 160 *C. R. Foster 176 R. C. Atkinson 129 For Aldermen Fifth Ward (two to be elec- ted)— George Hodge 32 George Warren 81 *Max Gese 89 Joseph P. Eames 73 *Adolph Danielson 95 Louis A. Krueger 17 Louis P. Johnson 55 * Elected The total vote of 1288 cast at this first city- election was considered practically the full vot- ing strength of the community. The census count made just one year previous (1900) gave Blue Island a population of 6,114. First Meeting of City Council The first regular meeting of the City Council, under the newly adopted city government, was held on June 10, 1901, with Mayor John L. Zacharias in the chair and all of the aldermen present: First ward — Harry Rohrbach, John W. Neibert. Second ward — L. C. Groskopf, J. John Jones. Third ward — George C. Gobet, V. B. Schreiber. Fourth ward — William D. Henke, Charles R. Foster. Fifth ward — Max Gese, A. Danielson. Fred Hohmann, clerk. The first official action of the city council was to pass Ordinance No. 380, which provided for the continuing in force of all former ordinances, resolutions, rules, orders and by-laws in force and effect in the Village of Blue Island when it organized as a city. Ordinance No. 381, adopting a corporate seal was then passed. The mayor appointed the following standing committees: Finance — Gobet, Foster, Rohrbach. Judiciary — Gese, Jones, Schreiber. Electric Lights and Gas — Henke, Danielson, Rohrbach. Streets, Bridges, Alleys and Sidewalks — Gros- kopf, Neibert, Foster. License — Schreiber, Jones, Henke. Drainage and Sewers — Neibert, Groskopf, Gese. Plats, Public Grounds and Buildings — Jones, Henke, Danielson. Police and Fire — Rohrbach, Gese, Schreiber. Water — Foster, Gobet, Groskopf. Railroads — Gese, Rohrbach, Schreiber. Local Assessments — Henke, Neibert. Jones. Health — Danielson, Foster, Gobet. Under the new city organization laws the members of the Public Library Board became appointive, instead of elective officers. Mayor Zacharias announced the following to constitute the new Public Library Board : Henry Biroth and Mrs. H. B. McGrath, First ward; John W. Reiner, Second ward; F. T. E. Kallum and Mrs. Myrtle Murphy, Third ward; H. B. Robinson and Mrs. A. C. Fuller, Fourth ward; Joseph P. Eames and George Warren, Fifth ward. The following appointments were made July 10, 1901: Chief of Police — Thomas Cinnamon. Lieutenant of Police — Edward Garver. Patrolmen — Charles Farnum, Otto Wilcke, Charles Malmquist, Ben Steffes. Superintendent of Streets — C. F. Lochow. Chief Engineer — Ed. Kinzel. City Electrician — A. Marsh. Civil Engineer — P. R. Fletcher. City Chemist — Fred Brunhof. On July 8, 1901, the council took up the Clarence Geist gas franchise ordinance, gave it a reading and referred it back to committee. On July 29, J. B. Woodruff came before the council with a similar ordinance, requesting a fifty-year franchise to construct and operate gas works and gas distributing mains in the City of Blue Island. After reading this ordinance also was referred to committee. Aug. 6, 1901, the city council ordered the in- stallation of twenty additional arc street lights. Sept. 3, 1901, the Geist gas franchise ordin- ance came up for consideration. The ordin- ance had been in the hands of the committee for two months and was recommended by that body for passage. The roll call vote on the motion to pass was: Ayes — Danielson, Heckler, Foster, Neibert, Rohrbach, Gobet, Schreiber, Jones. Nayes — Gese and Groskopf. This ordinance is known as Ordinance No. 394. Sept. 16 — Adopted Resolutions on death of President McKinley. H. Biroth resigned as di- BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 165 rector of Public Library and mayor appointed W. A. Blodgett in his place. Oct. 7 — Passed twelve improvement ordin- ances providing for sewers, water and sidewalks in various streets. Oct. 14 — Passed two more sidewalk ordin- ances. Dec. 2, 1901 — Engineer Fletcher reported that the Western avenue subway under the Rock Is- land tracks had been completed satisfactorily according to the terms of the franchise granted the Chicago Electric Traction company, and the council thereupon voted its acceptance of the work. Mayor Zacharias reported that Clarence H. Geist had deposited $10,000 in cash with the city treasurer on January 31, as required under the terms of the gas franchise granted him and that his bond in the sum of $10,000 had also been filed. At the regular election held April 15, 1902, George Engelland, Jr., was elected alderman of the First ward; Louis C. Groskopf, alderman of the Second ward; August C. Kern, alderman of the Third ward; C. R. Foster, alderman of the Fourth ward; George A. Warren, alderman of the Fifth ward. There were five candidates for the office of Police Magistrate to fill the vacancy caused by the death of Emil Boehl. The vote was as fol- lows: Wade Errett 241 Daniel Braham 60 Wm. H. Doolittle 356 Wm. Haas 201 Max Troemel 212 Doolittle was elected. Eleven hundred and thirty votes were cast at this election as follows: In the First ward, 349 in the Second ward, 201 ; in the Third ward, 173 in the Fourth ward, 168; in the Fifth ward, 247 July 21, 1902 — The need of a new bridge over Stony creek on Robinson street was discussed. It was voted to illuminate Western avenue with electric lights during the Illinois Firemen's tour- nament to be held here in August. Aug. 11, 1902 — Purchased property on the south side of York street from J. P. Young for a site for a new public library. Sept. 3, 1902 — John McEvoy appointed chief of police and Charles Malmquist, lieutenant. Oct. 28, 1902 — Passed a resolution to place meters on all consumers of electric light. Jan. 5, 1903 — Fire Chief, Otto Sorgenfrei, made the following financial report on the Fire- men's tournament held here in August: Total receipts $5843.52 Expenditures . 4426.07 Balance .....$1417.45 The money represented in this balance was expended for the benefit of the Blue Island Fire Department as follows: Lot for Fire Co. No. 3 $250.00 Building for Fire Co. No. 3 625.00 Hose Wagon for Co. No. 2 500.00 $1375.00 Leaving on hand an unexpended balance of $42.45. March 30, 1903 — Permit given Chicago Electric Traction company to double track its line through Blue Island. April 13 — Awarded contract to Rand Drill Co. for 1000 cubic foot air compressor to cost $3676.00. A total of 1171 votes was cast at the general election on April 21, 1903. The following were elected to office: Mayor — John Zacharias. Clerk — Fred Hohmann. Attorney — George H. Guenther. Treasurer — Chas. J. Heckler. Aldermen: First ward — H. Rohrbach; Second ward- — Anthony Heintz; Third ward — V. B. Schreiber; Fourth ward — Wm. D. Henke; Fifth ward — Max Gese. Vote on the annexation of certain territory on the East Side carried. Sept. 14, 1903— P. R. Fletcher resigned as city engineer and Vertus B. Roberts was ap- pointed to his place. Nov. 16, 1903 — Application from Blue Island, Riverdale and Hammond Street Railway com- pany for a franchise to lay tracks in Vermont street, from center line of Division street to Western avenue. (Ordinance No. 473 granting this franchise was passed by the council, Decem- ber 18, 1903. The line was never built.) July 18, 1904 — Passed twenty ordinances pro- viding for the construction of cement sidewalks in various streets. Oct. 30, 1904— Granted the Blue Island, River- dale and Hammond Street Railway Co. an exten- sion of thirty days in which to comply with the conditions of its franchise. Jan. 16, 1905 — Council threatened to revoke the franchise of the Chicago Electric Traction Co., if the company stopped running its cars on Canal street. 166 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS' Sixteen hundred and seven votes were cast at the city election held April 18, 1905. Principal interest in this election was centered on the mayoralty race between George Gobet and Dr. Edward Doepp. Gobet won out with 881 votes to his opponent's 704. The total vote cast in the wards was as follows: First ward, 367; Second ward. 239; Geo. C. Gobet Second Mayor of Blue Island Elected April 18, 1905 Third ward, 315; Fourth ward, 375; Fifth ward, 311. Total all wards, 1597. F. S. Gibson was appointed commissioner of health. Aug. 7, 1905 — Passed 19 ordinances provid- ing for cement sidewalks in various streets. Sept. 5, 1905 — Passed 21 more ordinances for sewers, cement sidewalks, etc., in various streets. Jan. 2, 1906 — Council voted to sustain the mayor's veto of Ordinance No. 599, which gave the Chicago Southern Traction Co. a 35-year franchise to lay tracks and operate a street car line through the city. March 2, 1906 — Read a communication from the Chicago Sanitary District proposing to fur- nish the city with electric current on the basis of 24-hour service at $26.40 per horsepower per year. April 20, 1906 — Adopted resolutions on the San Francisco earthquake horror; appropriated $200 for relief and appointed Mayor George Gobet a committee of one to receive further sub- scriptions from the public for relief of the stricken city. (In addition to the $200 given by the city $347 more was contributed locally from private donations.) April 23, 1906— City election. June 4, 1906 — Passed Ordinance No. 604 granting to the Chicago Southern Traction Co. a 35-year franchise to operate a street car line through Blue Island. (This company was the predecessor of the Chicago Interurban Traction Co.) July 2, 1906— Granted Chicago Telephone Co. permission to construct underground con- duit lines in Union street. Aug. 6, 1906 — Received and considered first ordinance from the Chicago Sanitary District board for the construction of the Calumet-Sag canal through Blue Island. After some discus- sion the ordinance was referred to committee for redrafting with alterations. March 4, 1907 — Passed twenty-five ordinances (Nos. 621 to 646 j providing for water service mains, house drains and sewers in various streets. March 13, 1907 — Gustave Aschen, alderman of Fifth ward died. Election to fill vacancy in office to be held at the general election on April 16, 1907. Henry Groskopf and Walter Bruce were the contenders for the vacancy on the city council occasioned by the death of Alderman Aschen When the ballots were counted Groskopf was shown to have received 153 votes and Walter Bruce, 152. Mr. Bruce was not satisfied and demanded a recount. This was granted and on May 6 the council met and reviewed the election returns for this office. Each ballot was examined care- fully and it was found that there were 152 ballots cast for each candidate on which there could be Henry Groskopf Winner in Blue Island's first Aldermanic Election Contest no dispute. The judges, however, had given Mr. Groskopf one ballot, which showed the voters' intent, but which was marked in the square with a straight line instead of a cross. After each alderman had carefully examined the disputed ballot, a vote of the council was taken and all (Groskopf not voting) voted to count the ballot for Groskopf — thus giving him the election. Jan. 6, 1908 — Communication from President R. R. McCormick of the Sanitary District board BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 167 relative to furnishing the city with electric cur- rent for street lights and commercial uses, was read and referred to the proper committee for consideration and report. Feb. 3, 1908 — Received a communication from the North Shore Electric Co. proposing to buy the Blue Island municipally owned electric light and power plant. Referred to the council as committee of the whole to investigate further. The question, "Shall this City become Anti- Saloon Territory" was defeated at the election April 21, 1908, by 1079 "no" and 310 "yes" votes. May 4, 1908 — passed Ordinance No. 669, pro- hibiting spitting on sidewalks and in public places. A "curfew" ordinance, known as Ordinance No. 684, was passed by the city council May 18, 1908. This ordinance prohibits minors under 16 years of age "to be in or upon any street, alley, park or public place between the hours of 9 o'clock P.M. and 5 o'clock A.M." October 21, 1908 — Contracted with Sanitary District to furnish electrical energy for street lighting and to operate the water works plant for term of 10 years. J. W. Alvord, a consulting engineer, engaged by the city to investigate the city water supply and make recommendations for the improve- ment of the same, submitted his report on Janu- ary 4, 1909. He recommended that a new 15- inch artesian well be sunk, that same be pro- vided with air compressor, pumps, etc. ; that city have constructed a 150,000 gallon steel tank and a concrete surface reservoir for water storage. These recommendations were approved and on April 25, 1909, contracts were let for the various suggested improvements. (See art- icle on City Water Supply.) Feb. 1, 1909 — Ordered 47 street arc lights to be bought and placed at various points throughout the city. April 20, 1909— City election. Ed. Stein elected mayor, defeating George Gobet and Everett Rexford. May 10, 1909 — Mayor Stein appointed Law- rence Lusson city collector and August G. Kern superintendent of streets. These appointments were opposed by the council thus compelling the mayor to renew the appointments every 30 days. Criticism by Mayor Stein of the previous administration's handling of the city's finances caused the mayor to appoint the following citi- zens a committee with authority to select a com- petent accountant to examine and audit the city books up to May 1, 1909: F. G. Diefenbach, N. A. Cool, F. Schapper, W. T. Davis, D. Long- acre, J. A. Wessel, H. J. Schmitt and F. W. Koenecke. This committee was given full power to go as far as they wished with the examination of the city's records. June 14, 1909 — Ordered installation of three telephones in each ward for police and fire calls. Aug. 20, 1909— Blue Island Sun made offi- cial newspaper of the city by resolution. Dec. 6, 1909 — Granted Chicago Southern Traction company privilege to run one express Edward N . Stein Mayor during the years 1909-1910 or package car per day through the city up to March 1, 1910. March 4, 1910 — Council orders city attorney to take legal action against Chicago Southern Traction company for violation of franchise by- raising fare from 5c to 10c. March 7, 1910 — Accept new 15-inch artesian well from contractor. Depth of well, 1649% feet, delivered 310 gallons of water per minute on test. June 6, 1910 — Passed ordinance No. 713, granting the North-Western Gas Light & Coke Co. permission to construct a bridge across Stony creek at Ann street at its own cost, com- pany also to assume all maintenance expense. Aug. 1, 1910 — Passed Ordinance No. 717, 168 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" providing for the licensing of circuses, theatres and "so-called nickel or 5-cent shows." Oct. 12, 1910— Passed Ordinance No. 722, prohibiting the discharge of firearms within the city limits. The use of the city council chamber was granted to representatives of the Sanitary Dis- trict while engaged in securing the right-of-way for the Calumet-Sag canal. Nov. 7, 1910— Bought Lot 18, Block 3, Brand's subdivision, from Rudolf Brand for $300 for a fire house in the Third ward. Claim of Mrs. F. Peloquin for $500 damages sustained by falling on a defective sidewalk in Canal street, settled out of court for $400. Jan. 16, 1911— Paid Katherine Miller $6500 for property taken for the opening of Broad- Julius A. Wessel Mayor of Blue Island, 1911-1912 way from Western avenue through to Rexford street. Approved purchase of a new 75-horsepower air compressor and turbine pump for the new artesian well. March 6, 1911 — Ordered water mains ex- tended in Vermont street, from Western avenue to Division street; also 12-inch tile pipe sewer in Vermont street, from Western avenue 150 feet east. License granted "Princess Theatre Nickel Show" at 438 Western avenue. April 10, 1911 — City council received and considered the first amended ordinance from the Sanitary District for the construction of the Calumet-Sag channel through the corporate limits. Referred to mayor, city attorney and city engineer. April 28, 1911— Passed Ordinance No. 734, granting the Sanitary District right-of-way for the channel through the corporate limits of the city. April 18, 1911 — General city election. Julius Wessel elected mayor by a vote of 1010, over John Lentz with a vote of 930. Other election results: City Clerk — Fred Hohmann (no opposition.) City Attorney— *Judd Matthews (1051); T. J. McGrath (327) ; Orville C. Green (469.) City Treasurer— * John L. Beer (972); Louis Schwartz (936). Aldermen — First Ward, *Wm. J. Meyer (247), Emil Poehlsen (119); Second Ward, * Ernst W. Kott (163) ; Henry G. Clausen (159) ; Third Ward, John W. Wolff (no opposition) ; Fourth Ward. * James A. Noble (461); Berger Hogle (167) ; Fifth Ward,, *Walter C. Bruce (283); John Snyder (137). (*) Elected. Condition of city treasury June 1, 1911: Balance in Corporate fund $18,977.14 " Library fund 370.33 " Sinking fund 1,755.39 " Special Ass't. fund.... 29,618.49 $50,721.35 June 5, 1911, Mayor Wessel appointed Lud- wig J. Staffel city collector to succeed Law- rence Lusson, resigned. Let contract to Chicago Bridge and Iron Co. to repair iron smokestack at pumping plant damaged by storm, for $780. July 10, 1911 — Passed tax levy ordinance for current fiscal year, $29,340.00 for all corporate purposes. Sept. 5, 1911 — Passed ordinances for first comprehensive system of street improvements in section from Burr Oak avenue north to 123rd street, and between Western avenue and Green- wood avenue, and all intersecting streets, pro- viding for water pipes, house drains, and pav- ing streets with brick. Oct. 23, 1911 — Passed ordinance granting Oak Hill Street Railway Co. a 20-year franchise u CD X o O E- s administration was as follows: Nayes— Aldermen Ward, Myers, L. Groskopf, Bal in Corporate fund $ 2,837.79 Hansen, Olson (5). « « Sinking fund 6,061.18 Again the mayor's vote was required to break " " Library fund 620.08 the tie. He voted "aye," which carried the " " Firemen's fund 449.61 motion. " " Special Asst. fund 32,199.95 The new fire apparatus was received early in April and a public demonstration of its effec- May 1, 1917, Bal. in bank $42,168.61 tiveness was given at the corner of New and Legal action t0 enforce the collection of a Gregory streets, April 14, 1917. This test proved water bill amountmg to $3,112.85 from Byrne satisfactory in every way. Bros Dredging Co., canal contractors, was drop- At the council meeting on April 23, Alderman ped by compromising the amount to $2,875.00, Bronson made a motion that the report of Fire payment to be made the following day. Chief Link on the satisfactory performance of M ay 2 1, l917_City council, by unanimous the new pumper be approved and that the city vote? rep ealed Ordinance No. 809, creating the make formal acceptance of the apparatus. office Q f Business Agent in the City of Blue Again the usual tie vote resulted, only to be Island; also repealed Ordinance No. 854, creat- broken by the mayor, carrying the motion. ing the office of Building Inspector. BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 179 Mayor Stein announced the following ap- pointments: A. G. Kern, superintendent of streets; Louis Burkhardt, health officer; H. G. Dare, member of Board of Health; R. B. Ham- mond, city engineer; D. G. Bender, plumbing inspector; George J. Landgraf, city collector to serve without further compensation; Paul T. Klenk. city prosecutor, without further com- pensation; V. B. Roberts, civil engineer; Louis Burkhardt, welfare officer and city sealer, with- out further compensation; Otto Sorgenfrei, chief of police. Appointments confirmed by the city council. July 2, 1917 — Sold the old fire steam engine obtained from the City of Chicago shortly after the big fire in 1896, for $175. Passed a resolution making the Standard the official newspaper of the city council. Granted Fitzpatrick-McElroy corporation per- mission to erect a large electric sign extending over the sidewalk in front of the new Lyric theatre. August 6, 1917 — In accordance with Fire Marshal Link's recommendations owners of the following buildings were ordered to equip them with iron fire escapes within 90 days: Blue Island Hotel, Seyfarth Block, Grand Theatre, Commercial Block, Burr Oak Hotel, Luchte- meyer Building. City Council voted to participate in and pay all bills for a farewell demonstration to the boys who had been drafted for army service. Granted Seagrave Co. permission to demon- strate fire truck to the Hammond city officials. City Council voted to extend sewer and water service to the new canning plant of Libby, McNeill & Libby. Dec. 3, 1917— Passed Ordinance No. 894 regulating the sale of fire arms within the City of Blue Island. Received petition with 1215 signatures, peti- tioning that the question "Shall this City be- come Anti-Saloon Territory" be submitted to the voters of the city at the general election to be held on April 16, 1918. April 22, 1918 — Canvassed result of general city election held April 16. Aldermen elected: First ward — Ilo G. Ward; Second ward — Arn- old Myers; Third ward— John W. Wolff; Fourth ward — E. B. Bronson; Fifth ward — Charles J. Olson. The question: "Shall this City become Anti-Saloon Territory" was defeated by the fol- lowing vote: Yes — 1337 votes; No — 2860 votes. May 6, 1918 — Adopted the following resolu- tion: "Whereas, our country, the United States of America, is now at war with the Imperial Ger- man Government for just cause and after bitter provocation long endured; "Therefore, be it resolved that we, the Mayor and City Council of the City of Blue Island, Illinois, acting as an official body and for ourselves as individual patriotic citizens and for the citizens of Blue Island as a whole, do hereby pledge our full support in this just war, our loyalty to President Wilson in his difficult and trying position, and our earnest and honest assent and assistance in supporting all regulations made necessary by war condi- tions. June 3, 1918 — Bought one Harley-Davidson motorcycle, price $354.00, for police use. Passed Ordinance No. 899, "For the eradica- tion of the common or European barberry." July 1, 1918 — Signed lease of Institutional Building for use of Co. M at $30 per month. July 15, 1918 — Received communication from Paul Klenk, city attorney, notifying council that he had enlisted in the military service of the United States, and requested leave of absence for an indefinite period. He informed the coun- cil that he had made arrangements with Roy Massena to care for the city's legal business during his absence. The request was granted. Aug. 5, 1918 — Read and adopted the follow- ing resolution introduced by Alderman Charles Olson: "Whereas, it is a well-known fact that the City of Blue Island is very poorly provided with small park and playground facilities, and, whereas the small park and especially the play- ground is a great influence for good in any city or community, and, whereas the available areas for locating such places are rapidly being taken up for building purposes, so that in a few years it will be difficult or impossible to obtain proper sites, now therefore, be it "Resolved, that the Park Board be requested to take these matter under careful consideration with a view: First — To utilizing the public square on the South Side; Second — To locating a small park and playground on the North side; Third — To establishing one on the East side so soon as financial conditions will permit, and further, be it "Resolved, that these resolutions be spread upon the minutes and a copy of the same be sent to the Park Board." Passed Ordinance No. 903 — "Requiring the licensing of vehicles and fixing the fees there- for." Adopted the "twice-a-month" payment plan for all city employees. 180 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" Instruct chief of police to notify his men to check up and see that the "lightless nights" (a war provision) are enforced. Sept. 3, 1918 — Adopted new water rates, as follows: First 10,000 gallons 18c per 1000 gallons Next 90,000 gallons. . . .16c " Next 150,000 gallons... 14c " Next 200,000 gallons... 12c " Next 500,000 gallons... lie " All over 1,000,000 gals.. 10c " Oct. 7, 1918 — Accepted resignation of Otto Sorgenfrei as chief of police. George Fiedler appointed to succeed him in office. Oct. 21, 1918 — Sanctioned the purchase of $1000.00 Liberty Bonds out of funds of the Firemen's Pension Fund. Dec. 2, 1918 — Alderman Charles Olson intro- duced the following resolution in the city coun- cil: "Whereas, the World War has now come to an end, with the American Army, victorious, George J. Roll City Treasurer 1917-1918 and whereas, Democracy, has overcome Autoc- racy, with its pure purpose of making the world safe and fit to live in, and whereas, we should denote credit to our gallant Soldier Boys, who so heroically fought, bled and died on the battlefields of France, Italy, Russia and other countries, and as a means of expressing our appreciation and gratitude to our boys in the United States Service; it is hereby Resolved that the City Council of the City of Blue Island, Illinois, go on record as favoring the purchase of the building and lot located at the southeast corner of Greenwood avenue, and Oak street in this City, known as Institutional Building, which is now used as an Armory by Company M., and whereas said building if purchased by the City could be used as a meeting place for the Veterans of the Civil War, Spanish Ameri- can War, and the present World War, and privileges of meeting there, would also be ex- tended to other organizations, both military and civil, that are of a Public Benefit, namely: Company M. ; Y.M.C.A. ; Red Cross Society, etc. "Therefore, it is further resolved that these matters above mentioned be referred to the Committee on Plats, Public Grounds and Build- ings and tha tsaid Committee work out ways and means, whereby it would be able to recom- mend the purchase of said property in the near future." (Note — The movement started by citizens to buy the Institutional building as a war memorial was not consummated. This was only one of several plans to memorialize our participation in the war which were proposed at that time.) Dec. 12, 1918 — Accepted a temporary exten- sion of the contract with the Sanitary District for electrical current, expiring Dec. 20, 1918, "until such time as a new contract and new lease is entered into between the City of Blue Island and the Sanitary District, or until some other arrangement is made by said City of Blue Island for electrical power." Jan. 20, 1919 — Adopted resolutions of con- dolence on the death of Alderman John Wolff. March 3, 1919 — Ordered Chicago and Inter- urban Traction company to discontinue the skip- stop system. April 7, 1919— Voted to pay $606.67 toward the cost of extending the sewer and water sys- tems of the city beyond the corporate limits, 140 feet south, to the industrial plant of Libby, McNeill & Libby. The total cost of this exten- sion was $1606, toward which the Blue Island Commercial Association and several public spirited citizens made up a fund of $1000.00 Total number of votes cast at the city election April 15, 1919, was 3552 votes: 1978 men votes and 1574 women votes. Edward Stein was reelected mayor, defeating V. B. Schreiber and E. B. Bronson. George Landgraf was reelected city clerk without opposition. Walter Crossland, a recently returned veteran of the World War, was elected city treasurer without opposition. Roy Massena was elected city attorney, de- feating Henry Buhring. Aldermen elected : First ward — Henry Schnur- stein ; Second ward — John Mangold ; Third ward (term one year, to fill vacancy caused by the death of the incumbent alderman, John Wolff) — Rocco Guglielmucci. For full term — William 182 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" M. Hartzell; Fourth ward— W. T. Davis; Fifth ward — J. P. Wiessner. May 19, 1919 — Received communication from Sanitary District asking under what conditions the city would relinquish to the Sanitary District all right and title to poles, wires and other materials and equipment now owned by the City of Blue Island and used in its street lighting and electrical service. Motion carried to notify Sanitary District that city does not care to dispose of this equipment. July 7, 1919— Passed Ordinance No. 912, li- censing the selling of "near-beer." Monthly license fee, $20.00. July 21, 1919 — Authorized, through proper committee, the purchase of a Piersch hook and ladder truck for fire department for $3740.00. Aug. 4, 1919— Passed Ordinance No. 914, providing for paving, curbing, and otherwise improving a system of streets located in the Third ward. Oct. 6, 1919 — Former City Attorney Klenk re- ported to the council that the city was not liable under the Workmen's Compensation Act for the death of Policeman Anton Weiland, who was killed while in discharge of his duty, Mrs. Weiland later brought suit against the city and won a verdict for $4000; the arbitrator found against the city and the State Industrial Board also sustained the finding. Attorney Klenk, representing the City of Blue Island, of- fered to settle for $2000.00, which was refused. Later the city council passed a resolution au- thorizing Attorney Klenk to make a settlement with Mrs. Weiland on the best terms that can be arranged. The city's corporate funds were at very low stage at this time, and Mayor Stein frequently admonished committees to be careful with ex- penditures. On Nov. 1, 1919, the balance in the general corporate fund was but $5.53. This shrinkage of the city's revenues was due wholly to the advent of prohibition which rob- bed the city of license money formerly received from 45 saloons, amounting to about $20,000 annually. This situation caused the city council to cast around for additional sources of revenue. The result was the passage of numerous ordinances which provided for the licensing of various lines of business, among which were the sellers of meat, poultry, fish, butter, cheese, lard, vege- tables, and all other provisions; bakeries, lum- ber yards, brokers, coal yards, blacksmith shops, garages, places of amusement, ammunition sell- ers, ice dealers, undertakers, etc. Established groceries and meat markets were afterwards ex- cepted from the above. These ordinances are known as Nos. 919, 920, 921, 922, 924, 925, 926, 927, 928, 929 and 930. Dec. 15, 1919— Passed Ordinance No. 923, "concerning cemeteries and the location thereof." Feb. 16, 1920 — Adopted resolutions on the death of Everett H. Rexford, former president of the Village Board of Blue Island. April 26, 1920— The sum of $451.24, which had been collected through the efforts of the council Judiciary committee, was turned over to the Melrose Park Tornado Relief Fund. Passed Ordinance No. 934, "regulating, li- censing and taxing theatres and so-called nickel or five-cent shows." City Clerk read a petition from Blue Island Post No. 50, American Legion, requesting the city council to rename one street after every man who gave up his life in the national ser- vice in the late war. On May 7th the committee on streets re- ported: "We the committee, have investigated the matter and find that the citizens and parents of those soldiers whom we have consulted are opposed to it, therefore we recommend no re- naming of streets." June 11, 1920— Passed Ordinance No. 938, officially establishing "daylight saving time" for Blue Island. July 12, 1920— Passed Ordinance No. 940, "concerning operators of public motor vehicles, and the licensing thereof." William Schreiber appointed assistant fire marshal. Council received petition from Blue Island Chamber of Commerce with 60 signatures of citizens, also a resolution as recommended by a committee of the Chamber of Commerce to eliminate market day within the City of Blue Island. (Referred to committee.) Oct. 27, 1920 — Ratified new electric lighting contract with Sanitary District of Chicago. Nov. 1, 1920— Blue Island Automobile Club, through Chamber of Commerce, petition City Council to cooperate with these organizations to have Western avenue made a state aid road. Notified Rock Island railroad that Burr Oak avenue viaduct is in very bad shape and must be repaired at once. City Clerk informed coun- cil that Rock Island railroad company pays no attention to his communications. City attorney reported that the Public Utilities Commission had rendered a decision permitting the Chicago and Interurban Traction Company to remove their tracks from Canal street. (Continued on Page 258) BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 183 iititiBiiMt'"gt*iiiif^HiTiamii ' ^m ■ ,; .,- - ' \ ^^^^^kL/*' **" ^F A* A&- - mm Bk i Rock Island Railroad Yards Looking North from Burr Oak Avenue Viaduct ♦♦ OLUE ISLAND enjoys a highly favored location for great industrial and commercial de- U velopment. With three great trunk and two belt line railroads operating within its limits, and connecting with all railroads centering at Chicago, its facilities for shipping by rail are not excelled by any community in the metropolitan area. Blue Island is within and a part of the great Calumet industrial district. Located on the Calumet-Sag canal (now under U. S. government control) it will occupy a strategic advantage when that waterway is opened to shipping as a link in the Lakes-to-Gulf route. Several millions of dollars are being spent on work now in progress and that will be spent in the projected widen- ing of the canal and improvement of the Calumet river. Blue Island has many fine industrial plants manufacturing a widely diversified line of pro- ducts. These industries give employment to hundreds of men and women, who in turn, contribute largely to the mercantile and other business interests of the community. Blue Island is today a city of more than 20,000 fine, progressive inhabitants. It has paved streets, an adequate sewer system, water from Lake Michigan, good schools, churches, many fine mercantile establishments, parks, playgrounds, theatres — in fact — everything that goes to make up a modern city. There are many choice manufacturing sites adjacent to the railroads and along the banks of the canal. The community welcomes industrial enterprises. Adjoining the southern limits of Chicago, on the route of railroads and of several heavily traveled super-highways carrying traffic from points south and west, Blue Island has, with con- siderable truth, been called the "Southern Gateway to Chicago." 184 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS' INDUSTRIES Libby, McNeill and Libby Libby, McNeill & Libby began the manufac- ture of pickles and condiments in a small way at its Chicago plant in 1904, with a scrupulous ad- herence to the highest standards of production that soon created a steadily growing demand for the new line, as well as a healthy increase in the number of items comprising it. As a result of this expansion, it became necessary to estab- lish other plants and these, in line with Libby policy, were located close to the fields and gar- dens supplying the fruits and vegetables re- quired. A most significant step was finally taken when the present plant was constructed at Blue Island in 1918. This section has long been devoted to market gardening and contains some of the most fertile soil in Illinois, while its climate is well adapted to the growing of cabbage, tomatoes, onions and other vegetable crops. Libby's Blue Island plant is acknowledged to- day to be one of the largest and finest pickle and condiment plants in the world. It is a hand- some building, of daylight construction, loca- ted on a twenty-four acre plot adjoining the Dixie Highway. It is 700 feet in length and 620 feet in depth and contains practically every known feature for sanitation, fire prevention and efficient operation. Trackage is provided for thirty-eight cars at one time, while connections are available with every railroad running into Chicago. The plant itself stands some distance back from the highway and is surrounded by large well-kept lawns dotted with shrubbery and flow- ers. In its kitchens are prepared Libby's apple butter, pork and beans, catsup, chili sauce, jell- ies, mustard, olives, pickles, relish, onions, to- mato puree, and tomato juice. Here also are prepared Libby's homogenized foods for babies. The situation of the Blue Island kitchens and their excellent facilities make them an ideal home for these new and important Libby foods. Hundreds of thousands of cases of Libby's products are packed here annually, the number of people employed varying from three or four hundred to a thousand, according to the season of the year and the amount of work to be done. The Blue Island establishment is under the management of Robert Dillman, a man of long experience and training in Libby production methods. Mr. Dillman's supervision has had much to do with the developing and maintaining of a high standard of efficiency while his many years in Blue Island have given him a wide ac- quaintance with people and affairs in the com- munity. Libby, McNeill & Libby was founded in Chi- cago in 1868 by Arthur A. Libby, Charles P. Libby and Archibald McNeill, who had become associated in business in 1863 as A. A. Libby & Co. The Libbys were brothers, who came to BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 185 Chicago from Portland, Me. Their father opera- ted a small grocery and cooperage business near that city. Archibald McNeill grew up in Chi- cago. He was the son of a contractor, who came to that city from Buffalo, N. Y., to build the old Government pier. The firm's first plant was located at 16th and State streets and for a number of years its output consisted entirely of fresh meat cuts and bar- reled beef. It began to pack canned meats in 1875, its first product being cooked compressed corned beef in the characteristic "taper" can, which is still used for this purpose. In 1887, when its output still cosisted entirely of meat food products, the firm moved to the Union Stock Yards. After a number of years, however, those in charge of the business real- ized that the potential outlet was not large enough to enable it to continue its expansion on a consistent and satisfactory basis on these pro- ducts alone, and they accordingly began to look around for some other line that could be sold in connection with canned meats. It is a natural thing, perhaps, that they should have branched out into the pickle and condiment field, and en- deavored to supply some of the demand for sauerkraut, mustard, pickles, olives, catsup and other such products that existed among their meat customers. Other items have been added from time to time and today Libby has become known for its more than 100 Famous Foods, and has sixty-two plants distributed all the way from Alaska to Southern California and from Hawaii to the At- lantic seaboard. Libby's foods are widely known as the result of national advertising and in addi- tion to canned meats, pickles and condiments and homogenized foods for babies, include con- densed and evaporated milk, canned fruits and vegetables, dried fruits, Hawaiian pineapple, fruit and vegetable juices, and Alaska salmon. The raw materials are all selected by experts and processed by men and women carefully trained in Libby methods and governed by the uniform high standard of Libby quality. To facilitate distribution of its products, the firm has a system of branch houses located in large cities throughout the country and each one serving a certain territory. Carloads of goods are shipped from its plants direct to these branches. Sales are made to the wholesale gro- cery trade, who in turn sell the goods to retail grocers and markets, where they may be pur- chased by the consumer. In addition to its domestic trade, Libby, Mc- Neill & Libby enjoys a large foreign business, its products today being sold in every civilized country throughout the world. Blue Island Specialty Company The Blue Island Specialty company, a dental manufacturing concern known throughout the en- tire world much more than locally, started in business in Blue Island at its present location in 1898 — 37 years ago. At that time it occupied 144 square feet of floor space or a room 12x12, and the equipment consisted of only a few pieces of machinery such as 1 lathe, a punch press, soldering bench and a desk. The owner and founder is Dr. C. F. Montag, a dentist well known in this territory. It was quite a struggle starting out in this particular line of business as it required vast sums of money to be spent in various forms of advertising and much experimental work was necessary. Due to the unfailing and tireless ef- forts of Dr. C. F. Montag it has survived these many years, even through the so-called Depres- sion, while there have been countless firms, some smaller, and many larger who have failed. The motto was quality above price, and for this rea- son they have managed to stay in business these many years. In the year 1925 the Blue Island Specialty company became incorporated under the state laws of Illinois and elected the following offi- cers: Dr. C. F. Montag, President and Treasurer; Mrs. C. F. Montag, Vice-president; Dr. T. H. Montag, Secretary and Assistant Treasurer, all of these hold office at the present time. They employ 60 people today, and most of their em- ployees are residents of Blue Island. During the year of 1927 which was their peak year they employed 130 people. The floor space of the present factory is 15,000 square feet, and their equipment consists of countless machines and various other equipment necessary for exactness and precision which is very important in this particular line. Mer- chandise is shipped over the entire world and there is no town or village too small where den- tistry is practiced that there is not some article of Blue Island Specialty company's manufacture. Besides manufacturing dental instruments they also produce very minute and particular cutters for various other industries. They fur- nish supplies to the majority of large Dental colleges and universities in the United States, and also to the various departments of the Fed- eral and State Governments, Veterans' Bureau, Army and Navy, and Hospitals. Many people living in this locality have no idea that a firm of this nature exists in their home town. 186 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" Rock Island Car Shops The Rock Island railroad has in operation at 124th and Ashland avenue, in Blue Island, one of the most modern steel car repair shops in the country. The building, itself, cost about $500,000 and the machinery installed was in ex- cess of $60,000. Of steel and brick construction, the structure is 500 feet long, and 75 feet wide, with a 200 machinery known to the industrial world. Here are giant shears that will cut at one stroke a % inch thick plate ten feet long; gap riveters, suspended from cranes, that minimize the toil of man and add greatly to the speed and work that it takes to build a stock car. All the machines in the shop are driven elec- trically, eliminating all belts and making it pos- Main Building Rock Island Car Shops foot outside tramway. The shop and tramway are each equipped with a fifteen ton overhead electric crane, with a five ton auxiliary crane extending the width of the building. Both cranes are equipped with lifting magnets. sible to use each machine independently. Extending through the middle of the shop, five hundred feet in length, is a tunnel in which is installed air pipes and electric lines, acces- sible at any point. A View of the Yards Three separate railroad tracks, laid in cement, run through the entire length of the 200 foot shop. These connect up with leads at both -ends of the yard. The shop is equipped with the most modern Besides the modern plant, with its multitude of machinery, the Rock Island has improved its fire protection at the yard by the installation of a huge 300,000 gallon tank set one hundred feet from the ground, capable of furnishing water at BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 18< high pressure throughout the entire thirty acres which compose the repair yard. During normal times, the huge plant, located at Blue Island's gate, employes over 500 men at various occupations. Most of these work- men reside in Blue Island. When at peak capacity about thirty cars are repaired daily, and eight to ten refrigerator and stock cars are manufactured each twenty-four hours. # * * North American Car Company Since March, 1919, the North American Car company has been located at 135th and Cali- fornia avenue, in Blue Island. The firm builds and leases tank cars to railroads, refineries and manufacturers and jobbers of oil and other li- quid products. It has been said that every spot in the United States where a steel rail has been laid, has, at one time or another, seen a tank car made here in Blue Island by the North American Car company. Strategically located, on a 23 acre plot of ground, with switch tracks leading to many of the main railroad lines, the local yard, during peak production, employs about three hundred men. The majority of this large army of work- men is drawn from Blue Island residents. Every day in the year, the company has thou- sands of its cars which are leased to private firms, rumbling over tracks somewhere in the United States, and, in some cases, foreign coun- tries. These cars are brought back to the Blue Island shop at certain intervals to be thorough- ly overhauled or rebuilt, as the case may be. This phase of the business, alone, provides work the year around for a good sized crew of work- men. In addition to the above, hundreds of new tank cars are constructed to replace out-worn and wrecked cars. The company has its own patents and features on the huge steel containers, one reason why such a large volume of business is done. A crew of designers and draftsmen works year around, endeavoring to add new features to the cars and make the North American line one of leadership. In February, 1930, the railroad world and in- dustrial magazines throughout the world took notice of a new type of automatic mechanical refrigerator car that the company was about to introduce on the market. It was to be the first successful development of continuous, mechan- ical refrigeration to be applied to an ordinary refrigerator car. The principle of the proposed plan of iceless transit refrigeration was simple. It consisted of the conversion of liquid into gas, drawing off the heat from the atmosphere of the car, where the heat is released and the gas condensed back into liquid. The temperature, it was thought, could be controlled at any level. When the car was in transit the power for the refrigerating system was to be drawn from the axle, and when in storage it could be cooled by plugging into an electric socket. The brine cooled coils were thought capable of keeping the car cooled for 72 hours, should it be delayed in transit. A half dozen demonstration cars were built. Hundreds of orders for the new development poured into the local office. Blue Island came near being the center of an industrial revolution. But something was wrong with the plan. Dry ice and other inventions have gained ground, while the new idea, which cost thousands of dol- lars, went back to the experiment shop, where it might some day come forth completed. The company has main offices at 327 S. La Salle street. W. J. Healion is the superintendent for the Blue Island plant, and has been since it was erected here in 1919. Commercial Acetylene Supply Company The Commercial Acetylene Supply company located in Blue Island in January, 1922, at that time the tenth of a chain of similar plants opera- ted by that company. They have a tract of eight acres on the north side of Vermont street, ad- joining the tracks of the B. & 0. C.T. railroad with which it has track connections. The main unit, charging room and other buildings are of fireproof construction. The output of this plant consists of compressed acetylene ni cylinders such as is used in torches for cutting iron and steel, welding, brazing, etc. The Commercial Acetylene Supply company was the original producer of acetylene gas in Amer- ica and at our time controlled all of the patent- covering the gas and its uses. * * * Illinois Cooperage Manufacturing Co. Blue Island numbers among its prominent in- dustries a plant of the Illinois Cooperage Manu- facturing company. This plant was established here in 1921, occu- pying at that time the frame building of the National Pickle and Canning company. This building was destroyed by fire in 1924, and has been replaced by a brick and concrete building 135x300 feet, with boiler room and garage in addition. The Blue Island plant ordinarily employes about thirty people. 188 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" American Wire Fabrics Company The American Wire Fabrics company has a large plant located here, just south of 135th street, opposite the Libby, McNeill canning plant. This plant manufactures wire screening of all kinds, ranging from the very finest mesh to the coarser kinds. The principal product, however, is window screening. The plant consists of three large buildings — the loom building, the paint and annealing build- ing, and the power house. All are of die best of brick and cement construction. The loom build- ing is 206 by 266 feet and accommodates 300 looms. The paint and annealing building is 144 by 64 feet in size, and the power plant is housed in a building 30 by 64 feet. In the middle of the paint building is a tower 18 feet square and over 100 feet high. This is the drying tower. After the wire has been an- nealed it is passed into this tower, where it is painted by means of an automatic spraying system. It then passes up and down this tower in a series of loops and is quickly dried in a high degree of heat. This plant, which is a branch of a large Eastern concern, located in Blue Island in 1919, and started operations in the fall of 1920. It gave employment to about 150 men. Owing to the slump in business the plant closed down in 1931 and has since been used as a storage and shipping warehouse. Charles Hannagan, former manager of the Blue Island factory, is now with the main plant in Mount Wolf, Pennsylvania. Western Pipe and Steel Company The Western Pipe & Steel Company was or- ganized in the year 1921, and began operating and manufacturing ice cans for use in artificial ice plants. The plant was formerly located in Chicago, and moved into its new home at 2900 Vermont street, Blue Island, 111., its present location on September 1, 1929. Because of in- creased production activity, additional floor space was required, and Blue Island on account of its location and having ideal railroad facil- ities was chosen to serve as the future home of this Company. The Company has use of a fine large brick building with 40,000 square feet of floor space and warehouse and storage space in buildings nearby totaling 7,000 square feet of additional floor space, a total area of 47,000 square feet for all buildings. The Western Pipe & Steel Company manufac- tures at the present time railroad specialties hav- ing to do with freight cars. It also makes all types of trucks for the packing industry, and does general jobbing heavy sheet metal work for the trade. On August 1st, 1935, the Company became a branch of the Western Pipe & Steel Company of California, and is one of the eight plants now in operation which use steel as its main material in the production of a varied line of steel products. BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 189 Blue Islaand Wire and Iron Works The Blue Island Wire and Iron Works are located at 2754 West 139th street. The com- pany specializes in the manufacture of heavy wire mesh products, such as window guards, partitions, bank and office cages, machine guards, collapsible folding gates, etc. The busi- ness was established late in 1930, just at the beginning of the depression period, but has en- joyed a steady growth during these years. Ten to twelve men are usually employed. Arthur B. and Charles Mosel are the proprietors. Chicago Copper and Chemical Co. The plant of the above company is one of Blue Island's oldest and most permanent indus- tries. The first buildings of these works were erected in 1884, while H. L. Bridgman was superintendent. The total floor space at that time was 5400 square feet. Extensive additions have been made from time to time and there is now a group of ten buildings. The business was originally known as the Chicago Copper Refining Co. at which time its product was the smelting and refining of copper matte and the separation, by an electro- lytic process, of the gold and silver contained in the matte. In 1912 the title of the company was changed to the Chicago Copper and Chemical Co., the Haydite Building Units Company The Chicago Haydite Building Units Co. began operations here March 29, 1928, occupying the old Continental Cement Tile Co. building south of 138th street, near the Grand Trunk railroad tracks. The company employed 10-15 men and manufactured an innovation in building mater- ials, consisting of a featherweight building unit that can be nailed into and sawed as easily as wood, yet with all the favorable features of concrete and brick construction as to strength and resistance. The material used is a burned clay aggregate or slag, known to the trade as haydite, mixed with Portland cement and formed into bricks, blocks and tile. The falling off of building construction incident to the depression caused a suspension of operations in 1932 and the plant has not been reopened. * * * Wireton Heating Company The plant of the Wireton Heating company, formerly known as the Farquhar Heating com- pany, was totally destroyed by fire February 1, 1902. The loss was estimated at $100,000, with only $25,000 insurance. The plant occu- pied a tract of eight acres of land at Wireton, about a mile west of Blue Island. The main building had a floor space of 50,000 square feet. The company manufactured steam and hot air heaters. The business had only recently been acquired by M. Austin and E. L. Heald, who Works of the Chicago Copper and Chemical Co. principal products now being barium carbonate, barium sulfide, copper sulphate, sodium sulfide, iron chloride and similar products. Winthrop Coolidge, is president; Thurlow G. Essington, vice-president and Winthrop K. Coolidge, secre- tary and treasurer. About 35 people are em- ployed here the year around. The company has operated throughout the depression and reports a good business. The plant is located just east of the Rock Island railroad, on Burr Oak avenue. spent considerable money on improvements. The plant was not rebuilt here after the fire, the company moving to Terre Haute, Ind. From sixty to eighty-five men were usually employed. Hawkeye Compound Co. The Hawkeye Compound company is loca- ted just at the south limits of the city. The con- cern manufactures serveral well-known brands of boiler compounds and water softeners. 190 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS' Blue Island Plant The Gilbert 26 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS'" Board, Sybil Anderson, Frances Breed. In 1930, the Club had enrolled forty-three members; there are now eighty-two in 1935. The purposes of the Club are threefold : social, cultural, and charitable. There are nine depart- ments: Literature, Drama, Music, Art, Home- makers, Community Service, International Rela- tions, American Citizenship, and Indian Wel- fare. Each department has a chairman. At every meeting there is a chairman who arranges the program and there are hostesses who serve. Every meeting offers cultural fare; sometimes aesthetic, often mentally invigorating. A social hour follows the regular program and business affairs. Established annual affairs are: Charity Bridge party, Christmas party, Spring Luncheon, Rum- mage or Bake Sale, Dinner for Veterans at Oak Forest, also dances. In 1934-35 the Club contributed $25.00 to the Blue Island Communtiy Fund and paid $20.00 for Christmas Baskets for deserving families and gave $35.00 to other charitable purposes. The officers for the year 1935-1936, are: President — Helen Stoll. First Vice-President — Lucille Synder. Second Vice-President — Martha Brummer. Recording Secretary — Ruth Helen Chamber- Iain. Corresponding Secretary — -Mary Nelson. Treasurer — Anita Hupe. Members of Executive Board — Margaret Hilt, Dorothv Draeger. * * * The Blue Island Garden Club by Mrs. R. A. Napier The Blue Island Garden Club was organized September 21st, 1928, at the home of Mrs. Rich- ard A. Napier, with twelve charter members, whose names follow: Mr. James Ocker, Mrs. Minnie Schmitt, Mrs. Morris Nielson, Mrs. Christian Nelson, Mrs. D. W. Longacre, Mrs. Charles C. Day, Mrs. J. B. Ewing, Mrs. George Gobet, Mrs. Benjamin Hogan, Mrs. Charles Meyers, Mrs. Alice Knicker- bocker, Mrs. Richard A. Napier. The following officers were elected to serve one year: President — Mrs. R. A. Napier. Vice-President — Mrs. Minnie Schmitt. Secretary — Mrs. D. W. Longacre. Treasurer — Mr. James Ocker. The object of the club was for the advance- ment of gardening, development of the home grounds, civic beautification, aiding in the pro- tection of forests, wild flowers and birds. Monthly meetings were held, civic improvement being the keynote for discussion, some projects having been carried out. The landscaping of the grounds adjacent to the Rock Island station at Prairie street and the planting of thirty trees at 119th street, was done by the Garden Club. The Club also planted and marked three Vase Elm trees in Central Park during the George Wash- ington Centennial, April, 1932. A yard and garden contest was sponsored by the Club assisted by the Lions Club and the Sun-Standard. The entire city was canvassed — over two hundred entries were secured. The Club also participated in the splendid work of the Chicago Plant, Flower and Fruit Guild, as well as sending flowers to our local hospital. The Club has held three annual local flower shows with entries numbering from 300 to 500; has entered exhibits in the Illinois Garden Club shows held at Navy Pier and elsewhere; has been awarded blue ribbons on a "Before and After Garden," in 1929; "Garden Retreat," in 1931, and the Junior Garden Club of the Green- wood school was awarded a blue ribbon and silver medal for a "Boys' Hunting and Fishing Camp," in 1933. A Junior show held in Whittier gymnasium in June, 1934, under the able direction of Mrs. John Rampke, chairman, showed a wealth of work accomplished by the Junior Garden Clubs. The Garden Club is now considering opening a Garden Center. Officers for 1934-5, are: President — Mrs. R. A. Napier. First Vice-President — Mrs. R. B. Hammond. Second Vice-President — Mrs. John Rampke. Recording Secretary — Mrs. Wm. Sigtenhorst. Corresponding Secretary — Mrs. Frank Mosher. Treasurer — Mrs. George Roll. Chairman, Junior Clubs — Mrs. John Rampke. * * * Public School's Men's Club A club with the above name is a recent organization in Blue Island. Its object is to interest and familiarize men of the city, espec- ially those who have children in the schools, with the management and progress of our pub- lic educational institutions. All men interested in schools and the education of children are eligible to membership. The club is not affilia- ted with the Parent-Teacher association. Meet- ings are held the second and fourth Monday evenings in the Seymour-Whittier school, Ver- mont and Maple. The officers are: Albert Tyler, President; M. W. Hummel. Vice Presi- dent; Allen Knirsch. secretary; Chester Kauff- man, Treasurer. Types of Modern Blue Island Homes Home of Mr. and Mrs. Win. F. Klein, High and Greenwood '^1 3 >/-y »_ v x PSF 1/J •""SSSw^BE pr 1 b III i I* I ^^EJ«U|F iK*? Pi w *na . Iff • I* 1 Hi | F"" ill i lii «e ■ : *" r ' - .jot- ws.Y»W^Wr!~' © " s ? Sir' «.'■■>•■•'. vbrV'H--..,; J r'v- • ■""-->■ , aiir' ■-'■" T Veranda of Park House, Central Park individual stones in the old, crumbling cemetery. In the summer of 1934 land began to be cleared for the erection of a large outdoor stad- ium and athletic field. The work was done through the co-operation of the "alphabet agen- cies" of the federal government. In June, 1935, 24 lots owned privately by Charles Hanley, Charles J. Pronger, R. A. Nap- ier and John South, situated on Walnut street and Highland avenue, with south and east front- ages, were acquired for the sum of $17,600 through the floating of a bond issue dated June 15, 1935, of $30,000 for that purpose of its de- velopment. This increased Memorial Park to approximately 11 acres. In August, 1935, the Park board acquired the East Side Playground park of 8% acres from the trustees of the East Side Improvement asso- ciation for $11,500 through the floating of bond issue of $15,000 dated Aug. 15, 1935, for pay- ment of land and further development of the site. Also in the summer of 1935 approval was given by federal authorities for a grant of $98,000 for the landscaping and improvement of Memorial park. With $24,000 actually appro- priated by the federal government with $25,000 available from the Park board work began on Wednesday, Nov. 27, 1935. Eventually, a fieldhouse fully equipped will be erected; an outdoor swimming pool and two stadiums constructed as part of this program. The two stadiums will seat 2500 and 1000 res- pectively. The site of the Blue Island Park district, as originally voted, was contiguous to the city limits then. Later with the city's expansion in 1933 the district by public referendum acquired addi- tional territory to the east and in the southwest portions of the city. The 1934 tax rate was 14 cents per $100 valuation. The 1935 valuation of the district was $6,500,000. The members and officers of the Board as of Jan. 1, 1936, include: Edward C. Maroney — term expires 1937. James Wainwright — expires 1937. Adolph Helquist — expires 1939. Henry Schreiber — expires 1941. Rudolph F. Heitman — expires 1941. President of the board, Edward Maroney; treasurer, Andrew C. McCord; attorney, Paul T. Klenk, and secretary since May 7, 1913, Alder- man. Joseph W. Lentz. * * * Playground and Recreation Commission Blue Island's Playground and Recreation Com- mission was authorized by a popular vote of the people at an election held on Tuesday, April 15, 1924. The vote on the proposition was almost four to one in favor of the establishment of the commission, which is supported by an annual tax of one and three-tenths of a mill on every $100 of assessed valuation. Mayor Paul T. Klenk on May 5, 1924, appointed the following members of the first board: Dr. F. W. Tracy, Arthur Seyfarth, Mrs. J. P. Postweiler, Harry Schlemmer and Frank Kasten. This commission has jurisdiction over all public playgrounds and recreational activities in the city. The present members of the board are: John Over, chairman; Dr. F. W. Tracy, Richard Seyfarth, Clifford Witherspoon and Miss Jessie Piper, secretary. BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 231-5 FRATERNAL ORDERS Blue Island in former years was known as a '"good lodge town." Nearly every man belonged to at least two or three fraternal orders and many belonged to six or eight. Lodge organ- izers found this town a profitable field for their operations. In a recent check-up the writer found that in 1920 there were thirty-four frater- nal orders doing business in Blue Island, not counting the patriotic orders, such as G.A.R.. W.R.C. or the more recently organized American Legion. George B. Abbott Camp, Sons of Vet- erans, organized in 1917, disbanded a year ago owing to non-support of members. During the past four or five years all lodges and organiza- tions suffered heavy losses in membership, prin- cipally on account of the depression. The auto- mobile, the radio, and the many other forms of diversion now so common have also had the effect of discouraging lodge attendance. The Loyal Order of Moose once had a strong and active lodge here. So did the North Ameri- can Union, the Ancient Order of United Work- men, the Independent Order Good Templars, the Improved Order of Red Men, the Knights of the Maccabees, the Ladies of the Maccabees, the Royal League, the Fraternal Tribunes, the Mod- ern Woodmen, Royal Arcanum. Some of these lodges are no longer in existence here, others again are inactive and the few members left on the rolls have been transferred to similar lodges in Chicago or nearby towns. The Order of Mutual Protection was absorbed by and con- solidated with the Royal League, but the few members that were left of Delta Council No. 113, Royal League, have been transferred to Beverly Hills Council No. 407, which meets in Washington Heights. Three orders own their own homes — the Odd Fellows, Masons and the Eagles. The Elks bought a fine piece of property on Western ave- nue, north of Burr Oak, a few years ago, but the depression coming on stopped the building pro- gram. The property has a frontage, north and south on Western avenue of 223 feet, and 150 feet east and west on Olive street. The lodge at that time had a membership of 750. It has less than 500 now. In the spring of 1918, when the hall of the Blue Island Liederkranz was destroyed by fire, Blue Island Aerie No. 1332, Fraternal Order of Eagles, organized an Eagles Home Building Cor- poration and bought the property from the sing- ers. Shares were sold at $10 each and from the funds raised through this and other means a new building costing, with equipment, ap- proximately $80,000.00, was erected. The building has a measurement of 65x158 feet over all, two floors and basement. The dance floor, on main level, is 63x100 feet and is the largest this side of Sixty-third street. The stage on this floor measures 24x36 feet. The lodge room on the second floor has a dance floor 40x48 feet and has the usual anterooms. Calumet Lodge No. 716, A. F. & A. M., has a fine three-story home located in a very prominent spot in the city at Oak street and Western avenue. The building is 71 by 77 feet in size, with stores in front on the ground floor, an auditorium seat- ing 600 on the main floor and a fully equipped kitchen and dining hall in the basement. Its cost was approximately $165,000. Ground for this building was broken Sept. 27, 1921 ; the corner- stone was laid Nov. 5, the same year, and was dedicated with imposing ceremonies Nov. 22, 1922. Odd Fellows Harmonize Lodge No. 2, Independent Order of Odd Fellows, as now constituted, is a consolida- tion of Walhalla Lodge No. 54, formerly known as the "German Odd Fellows," which was or- ganized in 1875, and Blue Island Lodge No. 326, organized June 26, 1891. The consolidation was effected on March 10, 1916, at which time the present name was adopted. The charter mem- bers of Walhalla Lodge were: Charles Dilg, Nicholas Stoll, August Ennis, Edward Stege, August Kantzler and John Clausen. The men who signed the charter for Blue Island Lodge No. 326, were: George R. Boyer, J. D. Cryder, E. B. Burke, Wm. H. Swett. Thomas Evans, G. W. Wells, Henry E. Guest, J. W. Kane and James Stevenson. In 1908, Blue Island Lodge bought the three-story Christian Krueger build- ing located at the corner of Western avenue and New street. This was remodeled with a new front and the interior arrangement of the second and third floors changed into more comfortable club rooms and meeting halls. Harmonize Lodge No. 2 is one of the strongest and most active of Blue Island's fraternal orders. The officers are: A. Peetz, Noble Grand; H. Tieman, Vice Grand; A. Banderob, Recording Secretary; A. Soltow, Financial Secretary; J. P. Wiessner, Treasurer; H. Shipman, A. Olson, G. Wilier, R. Zahniser, F. A. Rice, Trustees. 234 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" Benevolent Protective Order of Elks Blue Island Lodge No. 1331, Benevolent and Protective Order of Elks, was instituted in the old Masonic Hall, Western avenue and Grove street, on March 16, 1916, with a charter list of 62 members, as follows: Harry Rohrbach, P. R. Fletcher, Fred H. Andres, Wm. H. Frasor, Robert Lamphere, Alden Klein, R. J. James, G. Seim, James Hackett, Phil C. Johnson, L. Rosenfeld, Alfred Alexander, L. E. Pipin, John L. Zacharias, Sr., Robert Krueger, Sr., Wm. H. Werner, Ernest Luscombe, Emil Schmitt, John H. Volp, Robert Berry, Judd H. Matthews, Alex W. Tate, L. L. Weber, Andrew L. McCord, Jos eph Schroth, Louis G. Koch, Alfred Koenecke J. W. Lentz, E. B. Bronson, Henry F. Klein William Weber, Dr. Edw. A. Doepp, Frank M King, D. A. Murphy, Wm. J. Langenbach, Chas M. Lobaugh, Henry C. Aulwurm, Ernst Uhlich Jr., Geo. J. Roll, Harry G. Dare, Louis Staffel C. A. Seyfarth, Theo. Montague, Wm. G. Mor strom, John C. Klein, Christine Krueger, Har vey F. C. Stadle, John L. Beer, Herbert Ham mond, Geo. E. Davidson, Emery Pronger, A. C Rhoades, Dr. J. R. Kauffman, Fred S. Hein richs, W. H. Schroth, L. P. Vorhees, James A Noble, Jerry Jones, A. F. Roemisch, Harry S Guest, Harry A. Massey, B. C. Sammons. The first officers were: Perry R. Fletcher, Exalted Ruler; Harry Rohrbach, Leading Knight; Fred H. Andrews, Loyal Knight; Wm. M. Frasor, Lecturing Knight; Robert Lamphere, Secretary; Fred S. Heinrichs, Treasurer; W. H. Schroth, Tyler; Henry F. Klein, Wm. H. Weber, Dr. Edw. A. Doepp, trustees. Blue Island Lodge No. 131, now has a membership exceeding 400 and is one of the most active of Blue Island's fraternal organizations. Meetings were held every Thursday evening except during the months of July and August. The officers 1935- 36 are: C. R. Sundstrom, Exalted Ruler; George W. Fleischmann, Leading Knight; C. G. Man- gold, Loyal Knight; R. J. Hilt, Lecturing Knight; E. L. Kruse, Secretary; Enoch Carlson, Treasurer; Gus Termunde, D. H. Chapman, Edw. H. Kay, trustees. * * * Calumet Lodge No. 716, A.F. & A.M. Calumet Lodge No. 716, Ancient Free and Ac- cepted Masons, was chartered Oct. 7, 1874, with the following named charter members : John Sei- del, Harry B. Robinson, Alden P. Peirce, Henry Bertrand, Mathias Helbreg, Charles F. Eidam, Henry W. Schmitt, Christian Rinkenberger, Fred- erick Hohmann, George Luchtemeyer, Orville E. Atwood, John Roll, Robert C. Auld, Frederick G. Diefenbach, Herman Bose, Edward P. Han- son, John W. Wolff, Edward Seyfarth, Joseph G. Gasser, George Kuhn, William, W. Watson, F. Fehrenkampf, Louis Luchtemeyer, Ira M. McCord, Albert Crandall, Christian Andres, Frederick L. Gurrad and J. Howard Waldo. The lodge owns its own home since 1922, at 12757 Western avenue, where meetings are held the first and third Tuesdays of each month. The officers for 1935: Chas. E. Haehnlein, Worship- ful Master ; Arthur Jaun, Senior Warden ; Harris J. Nelson, Junior Warden; Elmer T. Johnson and Fred Dohrmann, each served one-half term as Treasurer ; Robert Post, Secretary ; F. T. And- erson, Senior Deacon; Richard S. Freeman, Jun- ior Deacon; Lewis H. Bender, Senior Sewart; Ivan W. Vonburg, Junior Stewart; Stanley W. Biedenkopf, Marshal; Wm. J. Meyer, Organist; Grover C. Cole, Tyler. * * * Royal Arch Masons Calumet Chapter No. 203, R. A. M., meets second and fourth Tuesdays at Masonic Temple, 12757 Western avenue. High Priest, Warren Macauley; King, Elmer Johnson; Scribe, James Bronson; Secretary, Otto Kasch; Treasurer, Warren S. Hildebrand; Captain of the Host, James Lewis; Principal Sojourner, Lewellyn Hollinger; Royal Arch Captain, Frank Powell; Master of the First Veil, A. J. Myers; Master of the Second Veil, Wm. Hartzell; Master of the Third Veil, Merrill Weaver; Organist, W. J. Meyer; Sentinel, Fred A. Hohmann. -X- •» * Sons and Daughters of Liberty Sons and Daughters of Liberty meet the third Thursday of each month. Officers (1935) are: Jr. Ex-Counselor, Anna James; Jr. Ex-Associate Counselor, Emma Deisher; Counselor, Fern Nel- son; Asso. Counselor, Vida Mills; Vice- Coun- selor, Charlotte Blake; Asso. Vice-Counselor, Gustave Brunke; Recording Secretary, Myrtle Kurschner; Asso. Recording Secretary, Elvina Wilcke; Financial Secretary, Paddy Draeger; Treasurer, Helen Draeger; Guide, Theresa Mart- zell; Inner Guard, Emma Kurschner; Outer Guard, Margaret Kreinbrink; Trustees, Mamie Groskopf, Theresa Marshall, Margaret Krein- brink; Musician, Minnie Groskopf; Deputy, Rose Moore. * # * American Legion Auxiliary The Ladies' Auxiliary to Blue Island Post No. 50, American Legion, was organized Monday, Feb. 8, 1920. The first officers were: Mrs. M. Renfro, Commander; Mrs. John H. Volp, Vice BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 235 Commander; Mrs. Byford, Adjutant; Mrs. R. L. James, Finance Officer. The Auxiliary meets in the Legion rooms, second floor, City Hall, the first Monday afternoons and third Thursday evenings. The officers for 1935-36, are: Presi- dent, Ruth Kennedy; First Vice President, Julia Hollister; Second Vice President, Leora Burk- hart; Chaplain, Lizzie Stiver; Historian, Lena Leitzow; Sergeant at Arms, Anna Sopko; Rec- ording Secretary, Wilma Zacher; Financial Sec- retary, Nellie Ballard; Musician, Lorraine Sti- ver; Treasurer, Darlene Sheets; Right Color Bearer, Ida Renfro; Left Color Bearer, Etta Juby; Junior Past President, Myra Winters. «• *• *- Fraternal Order of Eagles Blue Island Aerie No. 1332, Fraternal Order of Eagles was instituted on March 1, 1906, with 70 charter members. Following are some of the names appearing on the charter roll: John Lentz, George Landgraf, Fred Voigt, John F. Kreinbrink, H. Consoer, H. Frentz, Albert Hanks, Wm. Bohmer, T. F. Downey, M. Heim, Jerry Jones, R. Ostendorf, M. J. O'Donnell, Otto Wilcke, Gus Wilcke, Andrew Link, Charles Schultz. The present officers are: President, Ed. Kreis; Vice President, Alec Paul; Chaplain, Fred Walker; Junior Past President, James Hazlett; Secretary, Otto Gerdes; Treasurer, Ed. Gibson; Conductor, Felix Puttkammer. The lodge meets every Friday night at Eagles Hall. * * * Rebekah Lodge No. 300 Prior to 1920 there were two Rebekah lodges in Blue Island, viz: Calumet Rebekah Lodge No. 350, and Amanda Rebekah Lodge No. 252. On Oct. 1, 1920, these lodges consolidated under the name Blue Island Rebekah Lodge No. 300. The first officers elected under this consolida- tion were: Noble Grand, Maida Meyer; Vice Noble Grand, Mollie Ames; Recording Secre- tary, Meta Muffler; Financial Secretary, Mary Wagner; Treasurer, Margaret Kreinbrink; Chaplain, Amy Hammond; Warden, Ellen Raines; Conductor, Helen Rickhoff; Inside Guard, Esther Brockman; Outside Guard, Edna Fenton ; Pianist, Lillian Sundquist. Blue Island Rebekah Lodge is a flourishing organization. Meetings are held the first and third Friday evenings of the mnoth in Odd Fellow Hall, 13033 Western avenue. The present officers are: Noble Grand, Miss Ann Baer; Vice Grand, Mrs. Daisy McMillan; Recording Secretary, Mrs. Louise Wilier; Fin- ancial Secretary, Mrs. Emily Shipman; Treas- urer, Mrs. Neva Spencer. Knights of Columbus Blue Island Council, No. 1366, of the Knights of Columbus, was instituted on Sunday, Dec. 6, 1908, under the direction of District Deputy, Francis J. Houlihan. The Council had a charter membership roll of seventy-seven. It has en- joyed a steady increase in membership until it now has four hundred and fifty members on its roll. The present officers are: Grand Knight, Rudy R. Racine; Deputy Grand Knight, John A. Reuss; Chaplain, Rev. Theo. G. Gross; Chancel- lor, Dr. Henry Runde; Recording Secretary, Thomas Parsons; Financial Secretary, William A. Creighton; Treasurer, Joseph Lentz; Lecturer, Frank Daly, Jr.; Advocate, Richard Seyfarth; Warden, Edward Watrobka; Inside Guard, Rob- ert Wagner; Outside Guard, Joseph Labodz; Trustees. Herman Jauchzer, Joseph Tragnitz. Richard Walsh. * * * Woodmen Circle Burr Oak Grove No. 80, Woodmen Circle, auxiliary to the Woodmen of the World, was in- stituted Dec. 10, 1913, with the following officers and charter members: Ella Heide, guardian; Ida M. Boening, adviser; Sophia Scuffham, clerk; Alice Bohnstengel, banker; Sylvia Scuffham, at- tendant; Evelyn Crossland, chaplain; Bertha Renfro, inner sentinel; Catherine Martin, outer sentinel; Nellie C. Burgan, Anna D. Haas, Lulu F. Anderson, managers; Jesse Kauffman, physi- cian. The present officers (1935) are: Cornelia Myers, guardian; *Ida M. Keeley, clerk and banker; Mrs. Blevins, chaplain; Eathia Holliday, past guardian; Mrs. Broukal, inside guardian; Mary Miller, advisor. *Mrs. Keeley died Sept. 14, 1935. Catholic Daughters of America Blue Island Court No. 113, Catholic Daugh- ters of America, was organized July 11, 1909, with the following charter membership list: Mrs. A. Clancy, Mrs. F. Coggins, May McKivitt, Joe Einhorn, Mrs. Mary Berry, Mrs. M. Pear- son, Mrs. Delia Heckler, Mrs. A. Boyd, Mrs. A. O'Neil, Frances Heckler, Mrs. Rose Caraher, Mrs. A. McKivitt, Maud Heckler, Mrs. G. Con- Ian, E. Pearson, Mayme Frasor, Mrs. M. Mul- derink, Mrs. N. Turley, Mrs. Nell Frasor, Mrs. E. Cannon, Eva Lentz, Mrs. Agnes Heckler, Miss Rose Clancy, Mrs. Mayme Grey, Mrs. C. Lentz, Mrs. Rose Gordon, Mrs. M. Martzel, Mrs. W. Gallagher, Mrs. Sue Murphy, Mrs. Ellen Frasor, M. McGahn, M. Mertes, Mrs. Nell Martens, Mrs. B. Earner, Mrs. K. Kennelly. 236 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" The first set of officers were: Mrs. Nell Mar- tens, Grand Regent; Miss Frances Heckler, Vice Grand Regent; Mrs. Rose Caraher, Pro- phetess; Miss Eva Lentz, Historian; Mrs. Sue Murphy, Financial Secretary; Mrs. Mayme Grey, Treasurer; Mrs. Nell Frasor, Organist; Mrs. Gertrude Conlan, Lecturer; Miss Eva Pear- son, Inside Sentinel; Miss May McKivitt, Mon- itor; Miss Rose Clancy, Miss M. McGahn, Mrs. Ellen Frasor, Mrs. Kate Kennelley, Mrs. Mar- garet Mulderink, Mrs. Agnes Heckler, Trustees. The officers (1935) are as follows: Agnes Heckler, Grand Regent; Cornelia Heckler, Vice Grand Regent; Mary Vail, Prophetess; Ver- onica Morin, Monitor; Alma Oulette, Treas- urer; Marie Kovelesky, Financial Secretary; Helen Goodspeed, Historian; Beatrice Reardon. Lecturer; Mrs. Weisenberger, Sentinel; Mary O'Connor, Organist; Nell Martens, Margaret Noble, Elizabeth Creighton, Silverine Karg. Barbara Seidel, Mary Marchessault, Trustees. Blue Island Court has a present membership of 210. The Catholic Daughters are organized in 45 states, Porto Rico, Panama and Canada with a total membership of 200,000 and there are over 45,000 Juniors over the various states. * * * Plattdeutsche Gilde Plattdeutsche Gilde Germania No. 37, was organized in 1895 with the following charter members: Henry Lempke, F. Kreinbrink, Otto Wilcke, Adolph Wilcke, Louis Streu, Chas. Schippel, Henry Wilier, Chas. Schultz, Ferdi- nand Jaehnke, Thies Reuss. The present officers are: President, John Kreinbrink; Financial Sec- retary, George Weseloh; Treasurer, John Harms; Recording Secretary, Carl Bahr; Trus- tees (including the foregoing officers) : Fred Labahn, Charles Sieg, Andrew Florey. The lodge meets the third Wednesday of each month in Eagles Hall. * * * Woodmen of the World Oak Camp No. 245, Woodmen of the World, was instituted on Friday, Sept. 13, 1912, with a charter list of 92 members. The first officers elected were: Consul Commander, Nicholas Crossland; Advisory Lieutenant, George Bohn- stengel; Banker, C. H. Lobaugh; Clerk, C. Scuff ham; Assistant Clerk, A. E. Thomas; Es- cort, E. Anderson; Watchman, B. C. Saylor; Sentry, Walter Evans; Physician, Jesse Kauff- man; Managers, Clyde Errett, A. C. Rohe, M. G. Morstrom. Owing to a falling off in member- ship the Camp is no longer holding stated meetings. Harold C. Volp is the present clerk. Woman's Relief Corps Blue Island Woman's Relief Corps, an auxil- iary to the Grand Army of the Republic, No. 315, was organized in August, 1889, with the fol- lowing charter members: Mary C. Green, Sarah E. Rexford, Laura K. Bacon, Hattie E. K. Peirce, Elizabeth Bishop, Helen Gilson, Mary A. Mahaf- fay, Cornelia C. Phelps, Angelina McClaughry, Alice J. Eames, Hattie L. Melvin, Almira C. Rex- ford, Harriet Albee, Catherine McCord, Harriet B. Fletcher, Mary E. Betts, Maria Claussen, El- vira Townsend, Helen C. Campbell, Mary Hin- man, Lydia Stinson, Mary Freeman, Mary Van Lanningham, Emily Fisher, Martha Brecken- ridge, Emily P. Birch, Elizabeth McNabb. Blue Island Corps, No. 315, meets the second and fourth Fridays at K. of P. Hall. The pres- ent officers are: Martha Renfro, president; Sarah Smith, senior vice president; Alvina Wilcke, jun- ior vice-president; Elizabeth Shields, chaplain; Gertrude Sterling, conductor; Lorraine Stiver, assistant conductor; Leona Richards, guard; Anna Mentz, patriotic instructor; Vinnie Gould- ing, recording secretary; Theresa Marshall, treasurer. * * * Grand Army of the Republic There was here at one time a large and flour- ishing post of the Grand, Army of the Republic. But with the passing of the years one after the other of the boys in blue has answered the roll call beyond and today, of all that once proud and gallant company, there is but a single sur- vivor. John S. Kauffman, now well past 91 years of age, for many years commander and always one of its most active members, is the patriarch of Post 473, G.A.R. During the Rebel- lion he served in the Twentieth Pennsylvania Cavalry, devoting nearly three years of his life to the Union cause. A long life, a busy and active one, he now lives in well-earned retire- ment at the home of his daughter, Mrs. R. R. Pronger, 2306 Collins street. * » • Daughters of Veterans Eliza Rexford Tent No. 45, Daughters of Vet- erans, was organized in 1918, the year of the World War. As its name implies it is a patri- otic organization and membership is limited strictly to daughters of veterans. The Tent has a present membership of twenty-eight. The of- ficers are: President, Loretta Dittmars; Senior Vice, Fannie Melvin; Junior Vice, Margaret Isler; Chaplain, Nellie Olmstead; Council Mem- bers, Lila Michael, Alva Strelow, Bernice Beard ; Treasurer, Sylvia Weaver. Masonic Temple, built in 1921 Oak Street and Western Avenue iH Eagle Hall, built in 1920 Corner Grove Street and Artesian Avenue 238 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" Fidelity Life Association Blue Island Lodge No. 369, Mystic Workers of the World, was organized in Blue Island in the year 1900. The charter members were: Gottlieb Jaun, Herman Koehler, John Krech, Dr. J. S. Kauffman, Dr. R. L. James. Gustave Volkman, Frank Tesmar, August Werner, Fred Werner, Andrew Kordewick." John Nieman, Oscar Boermel, Henry Hofeldt and Jacob Kranich. The first officers were: Gottlieb Jaun. Pre- fect; Herman Koehler, Secretary; (17 years) August Werner, Banker. The meetings were held at K. of P. hall then called Opera House. One year later, women were also taken into membership. Sept. 1, 1931, the name of the order was changed from Mystic Workers to Fidelity Life Association. The Association has a large and active membership and there is also a large Juvenile membership. The officers (1936) of Lodge No. 369 are: Otto Albrecht, Prefect; Martha Gau, Correspondent, (4 years) by ap- pointment from Grand Lodge; Clara Berger, Banker. Meetings are held monthly in Odd Fellows Hall. * * * Justice Lodge No. 1243, F. L. A. Justice Lodge No. 1243, Fidelity Life Associa- tion, formerly known as Mystic Workers, was organized December 8, 1914, by District Sup- reme Master, Wm. H. Witt, and received its charter May 3, 1915. The first officers were: Prefect, Charles F. Volp; Monitor, Cora Ever- sole; Secretary, Christ Dickelman; Banker, John H. Volp; Canductor, Edmund Clausen; Sentinel, Walter Meyer; Picket, Robert Schultz; Man- agers, Wm. Schmidt, Sophia Meyer, Olga Lad- wig. Dr. J. H. Kauffman was the physician and Judd Matthews attorney. There were 61 charter members. Some of those listed were: Walter and Mary Glancy; William and Gertrude Witt; Oscar, Caroline and Louise Boermel; Evelyn Crossland; Anna Haas; Mary Scott; Henry Wolff; William and Lottie Schmidt; Maida Rosenquist; Lena, William, Ella and Emma Freese; Stanley Volp; Harold C. Volp; Charles and Henrietta Volp; Mary, Wm. and Ida Boe- ning; Sophia Scuffham; Henry, Rose, Alice and Edna Hofeldt; Emily Warren; Henrietta and William Baumbach. Regular meeting night second Tuesday in the month. The present offi- cers are: Prefect, Christ Dickelman; Monitor, Anna Haas; Secretary, Mabel Madden; Banker, John H. Volp; Supervisors, Viola Volp, Emma Bahnke. Blue Island Chapter Eastern Stars Blue Island Chapter No. 789, Order of the Eastern Star, meets in Masonic Temple, 12757 Western avenue. Following are the officers for 1936: Worthy Matron, Minnie Wickett; Worthy Patron, Christian Hochheimer; Associate Mat- ron, Kathleen D. Walker; Associate Patron, Joel Hibbard; Secretary, Hattie Wright; Treas- urer, Eva Kenny; Conductress, Alice Cole; As- sociate Conductress, Maude Jorden ; Chaplain, Elizabeth Hochheimer; Marshal. Agnes Hin- ?h. * * * Brotherhood Locomotive Engineers By Chas. T. Hodge, Secretary The local Division 815, of the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers, was originally organized in the early 70's in Chicago, Illinois. During the early days of this organization, it was a joint division, composed of Rock Island. Lake Shore & Michigan Southern, Erie, Monon, and other railroads terminating around 47th street, Chicago. • In 1892 the Rock Island begun work on building their yards at Blue Island for their freight terminal, which made it necessary for the majority of the men in train service to move to Blue Island. Our local organization at that time was known as Eclipse Division, No. Ill, B. of L. E., with the following officers: T. B. Twombly, C.E.; Peter Kilduff, F.E.; H. Broadbent, S.A.E.; John Enderly, S.E.; J. J. McCormick, F.A.E.; A. Lund, T.A.E. ; George Enderly, Guide; Sam Dickerman, Chaplain; John Brislen, L.C., and Peter Kilduff, Delegate to G.I.D. This local division moved to Blue Island in August, 1893, continuing to function until Sep- tember. 1911, when a reorganization took place under the name and number of W. S. Tinsman Division 815, being named after the general manager of the Rock island and a former resi- dent of Blue Island, when employed as Train- master on the Illinois Division. The following officers were elected with the new organization : Frank J. Boyd, C.E.; Harry Fox, F.E.; Fred Johnston, S.E. ; Wm. Leyda, Secretary-treasurer; Thos. F. McKeone, T.E.: Wm. T. Davis, Guide; Wm. T. Davis, Ins. Secretary; 0. M. Peasley, Chaplain; F. J. Boyd, Delegate to G.I.D. ; F. J. Boyd, Local Chairman; Ben F. Hogan and S. P. Travis, Local committee; James A. Culp and H. L. Fischer, Legislative Representatives. The Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers has endeavored to cooperate with other organ- izations and societies in the upbuilding of Blue BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 239 Island. The R. of L. E. cooperated with other railroad crafts in helping to make the Centen- nial Celehration of Blue Island on Lahor Day, September 2, 1935, a success. The present officers are: Win. Corey, C.E.: E. A. Lutzow, F.E. ; Wm. Crist, S.E. ; Chas. T. Hodge, S.T. ; E. A. Lutzow, alternate S.T. ; C. R. Gunkle, T.E.; L. V. McWilliams, Guide; Daniel Ahem, Chaplain: J. F. Jerue, C. A. Travis, L. V. Williams. Trustees; Chas. T. Hodge, Ins. Secretary; E. A. Lutzow, Alternate Ins. Secre- tary; Chas. T. Hodge, delegate to G.I.D.; alter- nate Delegate to G.I.D., F. Mankowsky; J. M. Dwyer. Local Chairman and Chairman Local Committee; L. V. McWilliams and J. E. Fire- bough. Members Local Committee; J. R. Jerue. A. R. Boysen, Legislative Representative. * * * Ladies' Auxiliary, B. of L. E. Calumet Division No. 40, Ladies' Auxiliary to Brotherhood No. Ill, Locomotive Engineers, was organized in Blue Island, April 16, 1909. the following Grand Officers officiating: Mrs. W. A. Murdock. Grand President; Mrs. Mary E. Cassell, Grand Vice President; Mrs. H. St. Clair. Grand Secretary. The following were charter members: Mesdames McGregor, Decker, Lamore, Ruthrauf, Schugt, Mavity, Logman, Coggins, Fairman, Poole, Bryant, Northrup, Tuomey. J. Stephens, Parsons, Keck, O'Grady, D. M. Smith, Burno. Berry, Davidson, Rog- geveen. Leyda, Wood, Boyd, Davis. Edmunds. Pearson, Burke. J. M. Smith, Crist, Heckler, Foster, Slater, Gordon, Wallace, S. F. Baker. Majors. Porter, R. S. Scott, Riddle, Fischer, Ful- lerton. Maroney, Burgan, Picard, Wm. Berry, Donovan, Schulz, McKeone, Ehrhart, Brewer. Hill, Fox, Tate, Morris, Smith, S. H. Stinson, Cobley, Ostendorf, Hawthorne, Kough. Cannon, Hansed. McKevitt. Watson, Nickerson. Dicker- man, Lund, Geo. Enderly, Peter Kilduff. Present Officers: President, Mae Jors; Vice President, Cecile Crossett; Secretary, Mary Fire- baugh; Treasurer, Caroline Dwyer; Relief Sec- retary, Sadie Fischer: Chaplain, Mary Boysen; Guide. Hannah Diltz; Sentinel, Catherine Osten- dorf; Crescent Marshal, Edith Bennett; Star Marshall. Stella Proper; Pillars — Anna Mear, •'Sobriety"; Daisy McMillan. "Truth"; Caro- line Jerue, "Justice"; Rose Gordon, "Morality." Leone Rogers, Musician; Mable Witherspoon, Flag Bearer. •::• * * Ladies' Auxiliary B. of R. T. Royal Neighbor Lodge No. 97, Ladies' Auxil- iary to the Brotherhood of Railway Trainmen, was organized in Blue Island, April 7, 1896. Meetings are held on the second Friday even- ing of the month in Odd Fellow hall. The present officers are: President, Fern Williams; Vice President, Helen Syke; Secretary, Ruth Lambertson; Treasurer, Myrtle Zohfeld; Con- ductress, Selina Redinour; Chaplain. Mary Hopkinson; Warder, Dorothea Carlson; Inner Guard, Myrtle James; Outer Guard, Ann Co- burn; Pianist, Laura Ditlmars. Only one char- ter member of the lodge is now living. She is Elizabeth Hoff, 7160 South Chicago avenue. The lodge will celebrate its fortieth anniversarv on April 19, 1936. * * * Ladies' Auxiliary B. of L. F. & E. Blue Island Lodge No. 294, Ladies' Auxiliary of the Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen celebrated the twenty-fifth annivers- ary of its organization in September. The offi- cers (1935) are: President, Vivian Briggs; Vice President, Christine Joss; Past President, Ethel Boyd; Secretary, Irene Duringer; Treasurer, Lora Stubblebine; Collector, Ethel Boyd: War- den, Lora Keenum; Conductor, Anna Klopp; Inner Guard, Martha Morton; Outer Guard, Florence Howland; Chaplain, Henrietta Travis; Delegate. Ethel Boyd; Alternate Delegate, Viv- ian Briggs; Trustees. Irene Duringer, Christine Joss, Henrietta Travis; Musician, Alice Baker; Flag Bearer, Anna Travis; Correspondent, Ethel Boyd. * * * Theta Rho Club The Theta Rho Club, an auxiliary to Rebekah Lodge No. 300, was organized in January, 1935, and received its charter Nov. 9, 1935. The club is composed of girls between the ages of 12 and 18 years who will automatically be eligible to enter the Rebekah Lodge when reaching the proper age. The officers are: Ruth Spencer, president; Virginia Matz, vice president; Mar- een Schoeneck, financial secretary; Ruth Van Winkle, corresponding secretary; Ruth Mar- shal, treasurer. The club meets the first and third Saturdays of the month in Odd Fellow hall. * * * Women's Benefit Association The Women's Benefit Association had its birth in a little basement office in Port Huron, Michi- gan, on Oct. 1, 1892. A young woman, Miss Bina M. West, a school teacher, was the founder and organizer of the order which since that day has become the largest fraternal benefit society in the world managed by women. West Review No. 2. of Blue Island, was organized Jan. 27, 240 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS' 1893, and was the second lodge or Review to be organized in Illinois. The charter members were: Laura E. Booher, Frances 0. Day, Mar- garet Dickerman, Lucretia A. Fellows, Anna Gray, Emma L. Geltch, Martha M. Godwin, Lizzie J. Heinecke, Georgia Lawrence, Sarah E. Luscombe, Caroline Luscombe, Ellen J. Lee, Freda M. Jostes, Lovice C. Rathburn, Louisa Smith, Linda J. Swanson, Ida F. Stephens, Mary J. Turner, Lydia W. Wingate, Mary J. Wads- worth; Sarah E. Webster, Mary E. Williams. Ida M. Wick, Nellie Warren, Ellen Scott Wass. Officers for 1936: President, Cicely Hodge; Vice President, Sophia Marshall; Acting Past President, Amy Hammond; Secretary-Treasurer, Ida Boughner; Financial Secretary, Ida Bough- ner; Chaplain, Jennie Hall; Lady of Ceremon- ies, Frances Faber; Sergeant-at-Arms, Theresa Hauter; Inner Hostess, Ida Stephens; Outer Hostess, Sadie Nelson; Junior Supervisor, Iona J. Boughner; Musician, Mayme Groskopf; Press Correspondent, Cicely Hodge. The lodge meets second Tuesday of each month, at 7:30 p. m., in Odd Fellow Hall. 13035 Western avenue. * -X- -* Maccabees American Tent No. 20, Knights of the Mac- cabees of the World, was organized in October, 1890, with eighteen charter members. Some of the men active in the early history of the local Maccabees were: George Cruley, William Doo- little, Thomas M. Doig, Charles Wick, Nicholas Crossland, N. Luscombe, Herman Heinecke. George Boyer. The order is no longer active here and those who still held membership were transferred to an Englewood lodge. * * * Lettercarriers' Association Blue Island Lettercarriers' Association, Branch No. 846 of the National Association of Letter- carriers, was organized March 12, 1902. The officers are: Claude Colebourn, president; George Cope, vice president; Archie Allen, Sec- retary; John Q. McDonald, treasurer; Ezra Warren, sergeant-at-arms. Monthly meetings are held in the Carriers' swing room, post office building. * * * Independent Order of Foresters Blue Island Court of the Independent Order of Foresters was organized September 26, 1882. The charter members were: Henry Dohrman, Nicholas Stoll, Christian Zacher, William Kirch- ner, Hans Peetz, Herman Koehler, Frederick Koenecke and Henry Heiden. * * * Phythian Sisters Blue Island Temple No. 25, Pythian Sisters, was instituted July 21, 1908, with the following charter members: Addie Farnum, Kate Jameson, Elsie Faber, Emma Heimbach, Laura RuthraufT, Lillie Conway, Lizzie Johler, Bertha Rosenquist, Christine Rosenquist. The first officers were: Past Chief, Christine Rosenquist; Most Exalted Chief, Addie Farnum; Exalted Senior, Emma Heimbach; Exalted Junior, Lizzie Johler; Man- ager, Kate Jameson; M. of R. and C. Laura Ruthrauff; Trustees, Clara Lahman. Kittie Watt, Minnie Dunning. The present officers (1936) are: P.C., Rose Breckenridge ; M.E.C., Bertha Warren; Ex. Sr.. Elsie Walker; Ex. Jr., Christine Friske; Man- ager, Ruth Roemisch, M. of R.C., Vinnie Gould- ing; M. of F., Nellie Barr; Protector, Emma Deischer; Guard, Catherine Shiveler; Pianist, Hattie Draeger; Representatives, Bertha Fisher, Vida Mills; Trustees, Elsie Faber, Elizabeth Johler, Bertha Fisher. Temple 29, Pythian Sis- ters, meets on the third Monday evening of the month in Grand Theatre hall. * # ■» N. A. L. C. Auxiliary The officers of the Ladies Auxiliary No. 453, [National Association of Lettercarriers, are as follows: Mrs. Roscoe Zahniser, president; Mrs. Al Joens, vice president; Mrs, Fred Wicherts, secretary; Mrs. Archie Allen, treasurer; Mrs. Tom McKeone, color bearer; Mrs. J. Q. Mc- Donald, mistress-at-arms; Mrs. Claude Cole- bourn, chaplain. The auxiliary meets at the homes of its members. * * * Sons of Italy Prince Umbert di Savoia Chapter of the Sons of Italy was organized in Blue Island in March, 1933, with 90 members. The following named were the first officers of the local chapter: Pas- quale Alamprese, president; Mike Mirebella, first vice president; Joe Sinise, second vice president; Dan Cialdella, orator; Nick Malanga, secretary; Angelo Esposito, treasurer. Trustees: Donato LaMorte, Theodore Manna, Luigi Sas- sone, Dan Minette, Dan Geoiosa. Delegates: Nick Guglielmucci, Mike Esposito, Mike Gab- rione, Pat Signore. Sergeant-at-arms, Caneo Geoiosa and Joe Martino. Sentinel, Mike Sinise. BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 241 Royal Neighbors of America Sunshine Camp, No. 3761, Royal Neighbors of America, was organized in May, 1904, by Mrs. Lettice Rice with 32 charter members of whom 16 are still living. These are: Lettice Rice, Fred Rice, Alice Davidson, Amelia Liet- zau, Harriet Parsons, Christina Rosenquist. Sophia Schuffham. Clara Lehman, Catherine Mitchell, Annie Miller, Annie Meyer, Mattie Berndt, Katherine Jaiser, Mary Gebert, Lena Frese, W. P. Wiessner. There are 22 Past Oracles living. Emma Deischer was receiver for 20 years and M. E. Kreinbrink, Recorder for 16 years. There are at present 208 adult beneficial and social members and 19 juveniles. Officers of Sunshine Camp No. 3761, Royal Neighbors of America, (1936), Oracle, Laurell Kauffman; Vice-Oracle, Nellie Rettke; Past Or- acle, Amelia Lietzau; Chancellor, Elizabeth Shields; Recorder, Margaret Kreinbrink; Re- ceiver, Emma Deischer; Marshal, Ruth Ken- nedy; Assistant Marshal, Ann Baer; Inner Sen- tinel. Marian Rettke; Outer Sentinel, Mary Bentson; Faith, Amelia Rickoff, Courage; Mary Warner; Modest^ Anna James; Unselfishness, Katherine Schiveler; Endurance, Mabel With- erspoon; Musician, Mayme Groskopf, Flag Bearer, Emily Sterling; Manager, Anna Wright. • * • Spanish War Veterans Theodore Roosevelt Camp No. 129, United Spanish War Veterans, was organized on April 13, 1932. Kenneth Mathieson was the organ- izer. The first officers, serving the 1932-33 per- iod, were: Commander, Kenneth Mathieson; Senior Vice Commander, Walter Edmondson; Junior Vice Commander, Clyde Frack; Adju- tant, William Hendershot; Quartermaster, Ed Rossner; Officer of the Day, Peter Jensen; Officer of the Guard, Frank Jankowski. Regular meetings of the camp are on the first Thursday evening of the month in Knights of Pythias hall, Grand Theatre. The present officers are: Commander, Alvin Myers; Senior Vice Com- mander, Charles Wernecke; Junior Vice Com- mander, John Street, Jr.; Adjutant Quartermas- ter, Edward Rossner, Officer of the Day, Peter Jensen; Officer of the Guard, Frank Jankowski; Trustee, Kenneth Mathieson; Color Sergeant, Herbert Dennison, Sergeant Major, Frank Britt; Historian, Emil Faber; Patriotic Instruc- tor, Walter Edmundson. * * * Sons of S. W. Veterans A charter was granted on March 14, 1936, for the organization of a camp of Sons of United Spanish War Veterans. The camp will be instituted Thursday, April 2, in Knights of Pythias hall. Grand Theatre building. Ken- neth Mathieson was the organizer. * * * Roosevelt Auxiliary U. S. W. V. Roosevelt Auxiliary No. 95, was organized by Edna Herbert and installed Nov. 12, 1932, by Past Department President, Josephine Ben- son. The first officers were: President. Frances Faber; Senior Vice President, Eva Schultz; Junior Vice President, Stella Edmondson; Treasurer, Lillian McGoogan; Secretary, Ber- nice Merkelbach. There were twenty-seven char- ter members. The officers for 1936 are: Presi- dent, Lillian McGoogan; Senior Vice President, Frances Jensen ; Junior Vice President, Cornelia Myers; Secretary, Loretta Dittmars; Treasurer, Ruth Schulz. Regular meetings are the first Thursday evening in the month in Knights of Pythias hall. * * # Knights of Pythias Blue Island Lodge No. 463, Knights of Pythias, was instituted April 23, 1894, with the following charter members: John A. Diegan. George Furlong, Ferdinand Baumbach, Thos. Cain, Thos. Moran, C. H. Geist, J. H. Bowers, Thos. Sheehan, F. Hoffman, M. J. Cain, M. Vanderpoel. Wm. Brosso, P. Watson, D. H. Krog, P. Hunt, J. Farnam, Wm. Cullington, Chas. A. Farren, Emil Friske, Wm. Swing, T. Madden, John Breslin, M. Hurley, John Gaynor, A. C. Rinkenberger, H. Rohrbach, H. Heim- bach, T. Tucker, E. Pohlson, F. O'Connell, J. W. Lewis, Jas. Burke, H. M. Schrieber, E. J. Cooney, J. Mervin, Ed. Garver, John Lynch, Fred Farnam, W. F. Cordt, F. Schneider. B. F. Carl, J. T. Cook, Geo. Hodge, 0. W. Bourke, C. Griswold, J. Grettenkort, Jr., Emil Boehl, F. S. Tarbill, C. Farnam, Nathaniel T. Gal- loway, John Keegan, Fred Hohmann, C. E. Johnson, P. Hallinan, J. T. McMahon, Henry Breckenridge. Michael Heim. Charter was is- sued Oct. 17. 1895. The present officers are, Consul Commander, Max Gese; Vice Consul Commander, Dean Goulding; Keeper of Records and Seal, Perry Hoak; Master of Finance, E. Friske; Master of Exchequer. A. R. Deischer; Chaplain, George Warren; Master at Arms, Fred Hohman; Mas- ter of Work, N. Frederickson ; Inner Guard, Fred Wilder; Outer Guard, Gus Flynn. Reg- ular meetings of the lodge are the last Thurs- day evening of the month, Grand Theatre building. 242 THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" THEATRES AND PICTURE HOUSES Blue Island Opera House Erected on site of the old Zacharias Hall destroyed in the great fire of 1896. The Lyric theatre, a motion picture house, and the Grand theatre, now undergoing exten- sive remodeling after which it will be devoted to vaudeville and pictures, are the local play- houses. Both are owned by the Publix-Great States corporation. The Lyric occupies its own handsome premises at 12952 Western avenue, built in 1917, while the Grand, at 13116 Western avenue, is under long term lease from the Zacharias estate. Blue Island boasted of a theatre as far back as 1853, when a group of German players gave weekly dramatic performances in a build- ing erected especially for their use on Vermont street, just east of the alley from where the Central M. E. church now stands. The project was short lived and ended when about two years later the hall was destroyed by fire. After that time occasional shows and enter- tainments were given in the old Robinson hall (later known as Zacharias hall) which stood on the site of the present Grand theatre. This old hall was destroyed in the great fire of 1896. On July 10, 1891, 0. W. Bourke announced that he had leased the Saenger hall, on Grove street, and would open it as a show house. He made extensive interior alterations, installed electric lights and renamed it Bourke's Opera House. His opening announcement as printed in the Standard of that date stated that "only first-class entertainments will be given; no Jim Crow or barnstormers will be tolerated." The venture proved unprofitable. This hall also was destroyed in the 1896 fire. Following the great fire already mentioned John L. Zacharias erected the beautiful three story building on Western avenue now known as the Grand theatre. It was at first known as the Blue Island Opera House and for many years presented vaudeville and repertoire shows. In 1908, Tom Flynn, of Chicago Heights, secured control of the theatre and renamed it Grand theatre. Ben Snyder, also of Chicago Heights, became his manager. Motion pictures were becoming the rage- About 1909. E. J. Miller of Hammond, associa- BLUE ISLAM) HISTORICAL REVIEW 243 ted with Kenneth Fitzpatrick, leased the new Baumbach building adjoining the Grand, re- modeled it for moving picture shows and opened it under the name Lyric theatre. This house was destined to become the second in the great chain of moving picture houses once controlled bv the Fitzpatrick-McElroy corporation. Early in December, 1913, Tom Flynn dis- posed of his interests in the Grand theatre to Fitzpatrick & McElroy and this house also be- came a link in the ever-growing chain of their enterprises. Ben Snyder, who was Mr. Flynn's manager of the Grand continued in charge of that house and also became manager of the Lyric. Operation of the Grand as a show house was discontinued several years ago, but the lease that time was "Lower Berth 13", which he said, was a disgrace and must not be shown before a respectable audience. "The songs are smutty," he said, "and the action is worse." The censor- ship job died with the ending of Mayor Wessel's term of office. $25,000 Fire at Grand Theatre From the Blue Island Sun-Standard, March 22, 1923 : "The second and third stories of the Grand Theatre building, 250 Western avenue (now 13114), Blue Island, were ravaged by fire starting at 2:30 o'clock, Thursday morning, March 22, 1923. The damage will amount to about $25,000. "The Eagles hall, third floor, is completely ruined. The entire roof was burned off. Insur- ance to the extent of $1500, was carried by the Lyric Theatre, 12952 S. Western Avenue rights have been maintained by the Fitzpatrick- McElroy corporation and their successors. The Princess theatre, a 5 cent show, or so- called "nickleodeon," was operated under the management of L. Templeton at Western avenue and Walnut street, in 1909, and later a Mr. Ricker. who featured "two-reel thrillers." had charge. * * * Movie Censor It may be interesting to recall that at one time Blue Island had a censor of shows and moving pictures. In March of 1913. Mayor Wessel appointed Miss Kate Corlett. a teacher in the Blue Island public schools, censor of songs and films at local show houses. She was provided with a policeman's star and all the powers of a police- man. She served without compensation. The particular show which roused the mayor's ire at lodge. It was the meeting place of the Lady Eagles, the Brickmakers Local, Mystic Workers and North American Union. Records and para- phernalia of these orders were destroyed. "On the second floor were the living quarters of Mrs. Nellie Raymond and the quarters of the Anchor Pleasure club. The Anchor club car- ried insurance of $1500. "On the main floor the millinery shop of Mrs. J. Burnside. the Western Union Telegraph Co. offices and the Union Fish company suffered heavy damages from water. The Grand Theatre itself, suffered water damage in the offices only. The theatre auditorium was unharmed. "The building is owned by J. L. Zacharias, president of the Commercial Bank, but is under a 30-year lease to the Fitzpatrick-McElroy The- atrical Circuit. The theatrical company carried insurance, so local manager, F. Brinken, said." 244 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" FINANCIAL Savings and Loan Association Blue Island is justly proud of its banks and financial institutions, among which the Blue Is- land Savings and Loan Association, 2429 West Vermont street, holds a prominent place. It was the first financial institution of any kind to be started in the community. This institution had its beginning in 1887, when the Cottage Building and Loan Association was organized by a group of local men. The incorporators were: John M. Green, president; Ferdinand Schapper, vice-president; F. G. Dief- enbach, treasurer; F. D. Day, secretary; Jacob F. Rehm, Henry Bertrand, John S. Kauffman, Ferdinand Schapper, John L. Zacharias, Charles Wick, John M. Green, F. G. Diefenbach, F. D. Day, directors. The authorized capital was $5,000,000.00. The object of the association, as stated in an early prospectus, was "to provide the citizens an opportunity for safe and profitable invest- ment of funds and to offer all people paying rent an opportunity to secure a home at a cost of little more than their monthly rent." At the annual meeting in July, 1920, the name of the association was changed to "Blue Island Savings and Loan Association." The 1935-36 officers and directors are: Asmus Miller, presi- dent; Peter H. Krick, vice president; Emil J. Blatt, treasurer; Arthur G. Olson, secretary; Robert H. Gilson, attorney; Carl Groskopf, Al- bert J. Eiserstedt, Reynold V. Zacher, John A. Lentz. Now entering the 50th year of its existence finds the association in excellent financial condi- tion. The office is located at 2429 Vermont street. * * * Calumet State Bank This was the first bank to be started in Blue Island. It commenced business on June 12, 1890, with a capital of $25,000. The officers and incorporators were: Col. W. A. Ray, presi- dent; W. G. Press, vice president; Wm. H. Werner, cashier; Ferdinand Schapper, M. Hel- breg, Edward Seyfarth, H. B. Robinson, Edward Eichhoff, H. C. Kuech, Emil Boehl. C. D. Young, Monroe Frank, Wm. Brayton, Frank 0. Young, M. C. Eames, J. P. Eames, G. H. Hausburg, Henry Biroth, E. W. Gilson and Wm. D. Henke, all of Blue Island. This bank was a valuable addition to the business institutions of the vil- lage and filled a need which had long been apparent. Its officers and stockholders were among the most prominent men in the village and the prospects for the success of the institu- tion were bright. In the summer of 1896. William Werner, one of the incorporators, resigned his position as cashier and in company with John L. Zacharias and Oliver Bourke founded a private bank under the name Zacharias, Bourke and Coinpanv. Jerry Jones, afterward mayor of Blue Island, then became cashier at the Calumet State Bank. The withdrawal of Werner from the older institution carried with it also the withdrawal of several substantial accounts of friends of Mr. Werner. The year 1896 was the period of the money panic and funds of the bank were being rapidly withdrawn. Officials of the institution were unable to obtain additional funds and soon found themselves in difficulties which they could not surmount. On the day before Christmas, Dec. 24, 1896, the bank failed to reopen its doors. Heavy withdrawals the day before had left but $86 in cash on hand. Deposits amounted to something less than $200,000.00, with assets nearly double that amount. M. C. Eames was appointed receiver of the closed institution and Joseph P. Eames was the attorney. Dividends totalling 73 per cent were ultimately paid the bank's depositors. * * * First National Bank The First National Bank of Blue Island dates its beginning to June 1, 1896, when it was organized as a private bank by John L. Zach- arias, William H. Werner and Oliver W. Bourke. It was then known as Zacharias, Bourke and Company. In 1898, Ira McCord bought the interest of Oliver W. Bourke and the bank continued as a private bank doing business as Zacharias, Mc- Cord and Company. In the year 1905, the organization became a State Bank under the name Commercial Bank of Blue Island, with a capital stock of $50,000.00. Several declarations of stock dividends were made without cost to the stockholders and on Jan. 20, 1923, the capital stock of the bank had increased to $200,000.00. On July 1, 1925, the bank was converted from a State bank to a National bank, under BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 2-15 First National Bank Building the name First National Bank of Blue Island, thus coming under the supervision of the Fed- eral Government, and has continued to the pres- ent time as a National hank. The capital stock of the bank is now $300,000.00 with surplus of $300,000.00. The business of the bank ever since its or- ganization in 1896, has been conducted in the building owned by the bank at the north-east corner of Western avenue and Vermont street. During the entire history of the bank John L. Zacharias, one of the founders, was the com- manding figure. He became president when it was organized as a State bank and continued in that capacity until the year 1928, when he became chairman of the Board of Directors and Christian Krueger became president. William H. Werner, who was one of the or- ganizers and cashier of the private bank in 1896, became the cashier of the State bank in 1905 and continued in that capacity until 1915, at which time he resigned and moved to Califor- nia. Christian Krueger bought Mr. Werner's stock and became cashier upon Mr. Werner's resignation and continued as such until 1928 when he became president. The death of John L. Zacharias on Dec. 3, 1934, was a severe blow to all his associates and a distinct loss to the bank and the entire community. The stability and growth of the bank were due largely to the integrity and busi- ness acumen of Mr. Zacharias. The First National Bank of Blue Island is an "Honor Roll Bank" and is considered one of the strongest financial institutions in the county. That it deserved this confidence was fully demonstrated during the so-called "bank holiday." or moratorium, when many of the banks closed during that period failed to reopen. The First National Bank is a distinctively Blue Island institution. It was organized by Blue Island men and financed by Blue Island capital. During all of the 40 years of its exist- ence its official personnel has been 100 per cent Blue Island citizens. At the annual meeting of stockholders and directors held in January, 1935, the following were elected: President, Christian Krueger; Vice President, Henry F. Klein ; Cashier, Fred L. Zacharias; Assistant Cashiers, John L. Zacharias, Jr., Frank A. Vincent, Philip W. Seyfarth, Wm. J. Mangold; Trust officer, Edward C. Maroney; Assistant Trust officer, Leslie 0. McCord; Direc- tors, Christian Krueger, William H. Weber, Henry F. Klein, John C. Klein, Fred L. Zach- arias, Andrew L. McCord, John L. Zacharias, Jr., Edward C. Maroney. In March, 1935, William H. Weber suc- ceeded Christian Krueger as president of the bank and Mr. Krueger was elected chairman of the board of directors. Shortly thereafter, how- ever, Mr. Krueger resigned his position with the bank and entered the real estate business for himself. The financial statement of the bank at the close of business Dec. 31, 1935, showed total assets of $3,765,508.01. * * * Blue Island State Bank The Blue Island State Bank was founded by J. M. Lobaugh in 1912 with a capital of $100|- 000.00 and surplus of $10,000. Banking quar- ters were opened in a new building erected especially for the institution by Mr. Lobaugh at the northwest corner of Western avenue and High street. Mr. Lobaugh was assisted in the bank by his sons Cummings and Charles. Later Dr. 246 THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" Edward Doepp identified himself prominently with the institution and became vice president. The advent of Blue Island State Bank gave this community its second banking institution. How- ever, within a few years it had acquired a very satisfactory clientele, with deposits of three- quarters of a million dollars. Then in 1926, with opening of the third Blue Island bank, the Blue Island Trust and Savings Bank, many of the depositors in the Blue Island State Bank switched their accounts to the newer and larger institution. On June 18, 1928, a merger of the Blue Island State Bank and Blue Island Trust and Savings Bank was effected, the latter institution taking over all the cash, bonds and securities covering the liability of Blue Is- land State Bank to its customers. Cummings H. Lobaugh, cashier, and several other employes of Blue Island State Bank were also taken into the personnel of the Blue Island Trust and Savings. The last official statement published by the Blue Island State Bank before the consolidation showed total resources of $903,077.36; time de- posits $575,602.34 and demand deposits $208.- 599.93. Upon retiring from the banking business Mr. Lobaugh organized the Lobaugh Securities Cor- poration and continued use of the former bank quarters. This corporation discontinued busi- ness here several years before Mr. Lobaugh's death, which occurred in October, 1935. * * * Blue Island Wimsett Finance Company Blue Island Wimsett Finance Co. was granted a charter of incorporation by the Secretary of State, November 8, 1927, and opened for busi- ness December 10, 1927, at 252 (Now 2411) Vermont street. The company is a strictly local organization, financed and operated by well- known local people. It was organized for the purpose of making character loans to worthy people in amounts ranging from $100 to $500 on easy terms of repayment and at interest rates less than half that usually charged by small loan companies; also to handle mortgages and to finance installment paper taken by deal- ers in the sale of oil burners, refrigerators, wash- ing machines, radios, automobiles, etc. Under the provisions of its charter the company has, within certain limitations, all the powers of a bank, except that it may not receive deposits of money or do a checking business. The author- ized capital is $75,000.00, all represented by common stock. The incorporators were: John E. Steinhart, Arthur Olson and John H. Volp. The first board of directors consisted of eleven members, as follows: John H. Volp, Harry Rohrbach, Arthur Olson, John E. Steinhart, Roy Massena, R. V. Zacher, Elmer Rohe, S. M. Wilson, C. H. Hannagan, Albert Stolz, Louis Rauch. The first officers were: John H. Volp, president and chairman of the board; Albert Stolz, 1st vice-president; C. H. Hannagan, 2nd vice-president; John E. Steinhart, secretary; Arthur Olson, treasurer. Blue Island Wimsett Finance Company occu- pies an important niche among the community's financial institutions. It has been of great help to many people in need of ready funds; it has financed surgical operations and hospital bills, paid taxes, and in many other ways been helpful where cash was needed quickly. Three years ago the annual stockholders meeting voted to reduce the number of directors to seven. Those now serving on the board are: John E. Steinhart, S. M. Wilson, John H. Volp, R. V. Zacher, Wm. Hennig, Joseph Benzing, Wm. Versteeg. The present officers are: John H. Volp, president; S. M. Wilson, 1st vice-president; Joseph Benz- ing, 2nd vice president; John E. Steinhart, secretary and treasurer. *• * * Blue Island Trust and Savings Bank Blue Island Trust and Savings Bank was incorporated March 8, 1926, and opened its doors for business March 20, 1926, with capital of $150,000.00 and surplus of $37,500.00. The first officers and directors were: Fred C. Brine- ken, president; Jacob Thoeming, vice president; Arthur E. Fordtran, cashier. Directors: Joseph Benzing, Fred C. Brincken, H. F. Brueggeman, Joseph P. Eames, Arthur E. Fordtran, Charles Haas, Charles Habich, Patrick J. Hallinan, Charles H. Hannagan, Joseph Jezisik, Harry A. Johnson, Michael Maisel. Owing to the prominence of the local men behind the enterprise advance subscriptions for stock showed that the authorized capital had been oversubscribed by nearly 1,000 shares. Sumptu- ous quarters were provided in the beautiful new building erected especially for the bank at the south-west corner of Vermont street and Western avenue. Elaborate dedicatory services, in which the local Lions Club participated, marked the opening of the new bank. Hundreds of visitors, among them many bankers from surrounding communities, inspected the beautiful home of the Blue Island Trust and Savings Bank and extended congratulations and best wishes. It is doubtful if any local business enterprise was ever launched under more auspicious circum- stances. The bank prospered from the beginning and during the succeeding months showed a steady BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 247 gain in business. The official statement pub- lished January 9. 1930. showed total resources of $1,684,088.37. Time deposits amounted to $787,720.10 and demand deposits $637,031.55. Suddenly on January 10, 1930, the officers and directors of the bank were shocked and stunned by the news that Gavin Blair McElroy, chairman of the board of directors, had been found dead, a suicide, in the untenanted home of a friend at 6452 Ellis avenue, Chicago. The deed had, ac- cording to subsequent evidence, been committed twenty-four hours earlier. A hurried meeting of the directors was called at which it was decided to close the institution pending a thorough inspection of the assets and accounts of the bank by State Auditor, Oscar Nelson. This examination extended over a period of several weeks. Although a consider- able quantitv of paper of doubtful value was found, the institution as a whole was declared fundamentally sound. Steps for reorganization were advised and soon taken. One hundred thousand dollars of new capital was provided and early in March the new organization was readv to function. . * ♦ » State Bank of Blue Island State Bank of Blue Island, to succeed Blue Island Trust and Savings Bank, was incorporated Vermont street. Management of the bank was entrusted to a newly formed board of directors and to a new advisory committee. The advisory committee consisted of: Joseph E. Lindquist, chairman; E. R. Brigham, T. W. Evans, Joseph M. Lobaugh, W. H. Burns, Ralph G. Hutchins, Patrick T. Hallinan. Directors: A. R. Floreen, chairman; William Schlake, Samuel M. Havens, Cummings H. Lobaugh, C. B. Hutchins, Charles Habich, Walter R. Werner, Jacob Thoeming, Henry F. Brueggeman, Joseph P. Eames, Frank C. Mayne. Officers: A. R. Floreen, president; Cummings Lobaugh, vice president; Frank C. Mayne, vice president and cashier; Henry L. Duff, assistant cashier and trust officer; Esther Steinbach, assistant cashier. When the critical financial situation all over the country in March, 1933, caused the calling of a "bank holiday" both local banks conformed with the President's order. This order was later extended to include the entire following week. The First National Bank of Blue Island, a member bank of the Federal Reserve, reoponed on Wednesday, March 15, 1933, but the State Bank remained closed awaiting orders from State Auditor Barrett. Belief that the bank would soon again be open was general. In the mean- time the business affairs of the bank were being inspected. State Bank of Blue Island under the banking laws of Illinois, and opened for business Monday morning, March 3, 1930, with a capital of $200,000.00, surplus of $40.- 000.00 and a reserve fund of $35,000.00. The new bank took over the business and deposit liability of the Blue Island Trust and Savings Bank and announced that it would continue to use the banking quarters at Western avenue and In July, State Auditor Barrett announced that he had taken charge of the bank's affairs and on August 7, 1933, official notice of receivership was posted by William L. O'Connell. N. W. Edwards was named deputy receiver. Admission to the safety vaults was open to holders of boxes from 10 a. m. to 3 p. m. The bank at this time had assets of $646,000 248 '•THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" and deposits of approximately $320,000. Bills payable amounted to $91,000. The receivership continued throughout the year 1934, during which time plans were devised for reopening and reorganization. Sixty thou- sand dollars of new money was raised by a 30 per cent assessment on the stockholders and the voluntary agreement of depositors was obtained to freeze 60 per cent of their deposits for an indefinite time. On Wednesday afternoon, January 2, 1935, Circuit Judge G. Fred Rush, entered an order approving the reorganization of the State Bank of Blue Island and discharged the receiver, N. W. Edwards. Although in effect the bank was in existence from that date on the official opening did not take place until Wednesday morning, January 16, 1935, having been closed since the moratorium of March, 1933. Under the new setup the capitalization con- sisted of $100,000 and $30,000 surplus and con- tingent fund, including $60,000 of new money. Restricted deposits amounted to about $148,000. The opening was accomplished without a loan of any kind. New deposits were unrestricted as to the 60 per cent clause. The following board of directors was an- nounced : Charles Habich of Habich Bros. Motor Sales; C. B. Hutchins of Hutchins Lumber Com- pany; Samuel Havens of Ingalls-Shepard Divi- sion of Wyman-Gordon Co. of Harvey; Jacob Thoeming, wholesale grocer; Dr. Frank W. Tracy, dentist; Rudolph Heitman, retired retail grocer; John L. Synakiewicz, coal and ice dealer; Robert Dillman, general manager Libby, Mc- Neill and Libby; Frank J. Van Overstraeten and Walter Bielfeldt. Officers: C. B. Hutchins, presi- dent; Walter C. Bielfeldt, vice president and cashier; Henry L. Duff, assistant cashier and trust officer; Esther Steinbach, assistant cashier. * * * Poultry Fanciers' Association During the years 1902 to 1915 Blue Island was the headquarters of the North-Eastern Illi- nois Fanciers' Association. This association was composed of fanciers and breeders of high- class exhibition poultry, pigeons and pet stock. The annual exhibitions, or shows, held in Saenger hall attracted many exhibitors and large attendance from a wide surrounding ter- ritory and from other states. The "Blue Island Show," as it was generally known among poul- try breeders, ranked next in importance to the National Fanciers Show held annually in Chi- cago, and many of the breeders who exhibited there also showed their birds and pet stock at Blue Island. The breaking out of the war in Europe had the effect of lessening interest in fanciers' hob- bies and no more shows were held here after that time. Some of the local men who held mem- bership, and took active part in the affairs of the North-Eastern Illinois Fanciers' Association were: John C. and Win. Klein, F. Lambrechts, A. W. T. Doermann and his brother Rev. M. P. F. Doermann, Albert Koch, John H. Volp, C. D. Van Antwerp, Joseph Gerdes, C. C. Day, Fred Bauer, H. Dreischerf, Louis Rauch, Charles Volp, Robert Schuemann, Martin Schippel, Otto Sorgenfrei, Robert Seyfarth. Charles Blake, Wilson Brooks and Charles Bohn of Morgan Park also were members. •>:• * * Truck Farming- Adjoining closely, and to the west, south and east of Blue Island, are extensive truck farms where tomatoes, cabbage, onions and many other varieties of vegetables are grown. These farms are in a high state of cultivation and are owned and operated by men who have made their line of business a scientific study. The finest and earliest vegetables to reach the Chicago market are grown here at Blue Island. These growers maintain a live organization with a membership of more than a hundred known as Cook County Truck Gardeners and Farmers Association, Local No. 21. The present officers are: Presi- dent, Gus Termunde; Secretary, John W. Belt; Treasurer, Jacob Ouwenga. A branch of the Cook County Farm Bureau is located at 2414-16 Grove street. M. E. Tascher, assistant county agent, is in charge. * * * Real Estate Board Blue Island has a real estate board composed of the licensed firms and individuals engaged in the real estate and renting business in Blue Island. The officers are: John Steinhart, presi- dent; Peter W. Heintz, first vice president; Ed. Martens, second vice president; Philip Seyfarth, secretary; Arthur Olson, treasurer; Robert Gil- son, attorney. Meetings are held twice a month. "Cutting through the dam in the river near Roll avenue, a CWA crew struck the original log dam put in 60 years ago there. The old dam was made of heavy logs fastened together by wooden pins. The logs were used in con- structing squares in the center of which were put rocks."— Suburban Star. Dec. 22, 1933. BLUE ISLA^vD HISTORICAL REVIEW 249 St. Francis Hospital This hospital, which fulfills all the qualifica- tions required by the American College of Sur- geons, had its beginning here, in 1905, in the old Uhlich home at Gregory and High streets. Father F. A. Rempe, who at that time was pastor of St. Benedict church, conceived the idea of a hospital for Blue Island. The need of such an institution had been felt for some years and local surgeons, especially Drs. Edward Doepp and R. L. James, were quick to support Father Rempe's proposal. After some investigation the Sisters of St. Mary, who in the course of a little better than a quarter of a century had established quite an enviable name for themselves as hospital workers, consented to come to Blue Island and take charge of the proposed institution. The Uhlich home, the nucleus around which the present beautiful hospital has been built, was purchased for $30,000 and alterations suitable for its new use were begun at once. Sister M. Alexia, as superior, and Sisters Margaret Mary. M. Columba. Lioba and Sylveria arrived on Nov. 29, 1904. Many alterations, including the installation of a new steam heating plant, had to be made, but by March 25, 1905, these had been completed and Reverend F. A. Rempe blessed the new St. Francis Hospital. On the following Sunday the hospital was opened up for public inspection and the first patient came in that evening. Every- one was highly elated and congratulated the good sisters on having filled a long-felt want in the community. Within a few weeks the necessity of an operat- ing room became evident. Plans were drawn and work on it was begun at once. In the fall several rooms and a laundry were added to the building. From twenty-five to thirty patients could then be accommodated. The nursing of the sick was carried on in this building for the next ten years. But because they could no longer accommodate all the patients requiring admission, the erection of a large mod- ern hospital could no longer be postponed. Plans were drawn in 1914, and the boiler house and laundry built the same year. On March 19, 1915, ground was broken for the hospital. The cornerstone was laid on May 3rd by the Rev. Paul Rosch. About a year later on Memorial Day, May 30, 1916, the new St. Francis hospital was dedicated with appropriate and imposing ceremonies by the Most Reverend George W. Mundelein, D.D., Archbishop of Chicago. Right Reverend Monsignor F. A. Rempe, former pastor of St. Benedict parish, to whom was due the establishment of the hospital, delivered the dedication sermon. The hospital is a modern structure of four stories and ground floor. Its equipment is complete in every detail. It contains 100 rooms, about thirty of which were furnished by societies 250 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" and by families in memory of gome beloved de- ceased member of the family. The hospital celebrated its silver jubilee May 14, 1930. with solemn high mass in the hospital chapel at 10 a. m., and at 8 p. m.. with a pro- gram at which Mayor Frank Kasten, and Dr. Edward Doepp, senior member of the staff of surgeons, made addresses. During the thirty years of its existence, St. Francis hospital has continued its merciful task Boy Scouts The Former Uhlich Home Used for ten years as a hospital, now the home of the Sisters of St. Mary operating St. Francis Hospital of ministering to those afflicted. The steady in- crease in the number of its patients is ample proof of the efficient and satisfactory care that is maintained as the standard of this hospital. The entire community of Blue Island and its surrounding districts, regardless of religious affiliations, benefit by the self-sacrificing efforts of the Sisters of St. Mary. During the years of its existence the following Sisters have acted as Superiors: Sister M. Alexia— 1905-1911. Sister M. Columba— 1911-1920. Sister M. Salesia— 1920-1921. Sister M. Marcella— 1921-1927. Sister M. Ludmilla— 1927-1930. Sister M. Bernardine— 1930-1932. Sister M. Alexia— 1932-. At present there are nineteen Sisters engaged in the hospital. Troop No. 780, organized October. 1918, has a membership of 38 scouts. C. B. Price was the first scoutmaster, M. W. Hummel is now in charge. Paul W. Rohe, John C. Uehrke, George Warren, J. C. Joens, Lewellyn Hollinger and Rev. A. B. Bell constitute the committee. The Troop is sponsored by the First Congrega- tional Church. Troop No. 782 was organized in Novem- ber, 1933, by W. A. Hartwell and now has a membership of 19. W. E. Murphy is the present scoutmaster. The Troop is sponsored by the Church of Christ. Rev. Glenn Crawford, Henry Quade and W. T. Hanify, Jr., constitute the Troop committee. Troop 783 was organized in March, 1925, by E. W. Kluger, who was its first scout- master. The Troop has a present member- ship of 29 scouts E. F. Kurschner was scoutmaster until recently, but is now in- active, and has been succeeded by Robert Haas, who is now in full charge. The Troop is sponsored by American Legion Post No. 50, Wra. J. Langenbach, C. A. Roesner and Guy Fox constitute the committee. Troop No. 787 was organized in Febru- ary, 1926, by Eric Luenser, who was its first scoutmaster. There are at present nine scouts in the Troop. D. Kaufman is now in charge of the Troop, which is sponsored by the Evangelical Community Church. Ira G. Vanderpoel, James N. McDougall and Emil Helm are the Troop Committee. Troop No. 788, which is sponsored by St. Benedict Church, was organized by W. J. Gaboriault in March, 1926, and he has been the scoutmaster continuously during the entire ten year period. C. F. Heckler, Thos. Parsons and Henry B. Runde constitute the Troop Com- mittee. The former executive committee was com- posed of Fred Schroeder, Bruce Smyth, W. A. Hartwell, Martin Forry and Dr. A. C. Aiken. Mayor Fred Rice and Joseph Lentz are present members of the South Shore Executive Com- mittee. Richard L. Van Horn is District Exec- utive of the South Shore District. * * * "On Wednesday, September 5, 1923, 2700 customers of the Sanitary District, were cut over from that service to the lines of the Public Ser- vice Co. of Northern Illinois. This was the commercial business, the city continuing use of the Sanitary District juice for street lighting." — Sun-Standard. BLUE ISLAM) HISTORICAL REVIEW 251 NEWSPAPER HISTORY [Note — My connection with the newspaper and printing business of Blue Island covers all but the first nine years since Feistkorn issued the first copy of his Weekly Herald. I remember Feistkorn and Gard- ner, knew Carl Dilg and Frank Wuest well; worked for Eugene Pope and Steve Reed and succeeded the latter to the business of the Standard. The review of the Blue Island newspaper history which follows there- fore represents my personal experience and reminis- cences. — John H. Volp.] The first newspaper printed in Blue Island was the Weekly Herald, started in the spring of 1873. shortly after the village had incorporated. Charles Feistkorn, son of a German Methodist preacher then located here, was the publisher and Carl A. Dilg the editor. Dilg was a newspaper writer of considerable ability and at this time was the editor of a Blue Island edition of the German newspaper, '"Beobachter." He had also for several years been the Blue Island representative and cor- respondent for the Illinois Staats Zeitung, both of which newspapers were printed in Chicago. In the light of these facts it is possible that it was Dilg, and not Feistkorn, who was the prime mover in starting Blue Island's first newspaper. However that may be, the Herald was short- lived and existed only about a year. Those were the days when farmers paid their subscriptions in butter, eggs and farm produce and merchants their printing and advertising bills in "trade." This was all right for the per- sonal needs of the printer, but the paper house and type founder demanded "real cash of the realm" for their goods and this the printer was sore-beset to obtain. So, even though the village board had desig- nated the Herald as the official newspaper for the publication of legal notices, and the citi- zens in general welcomed its advent, the little community of scarcely a thousand people was unable to give the paper the financial support necessary to make its publication profitable. So, after struggling along for about a year, Feist- korn became discouraged, suspended publica- tion of the newspaper and sought other em- ployment. The Daily Press, printed in Chicago, then began the printing of a special edition for Blue Island; also issues for Riverdale, Dolton and Washington Heights. This enterprise proved a failure within a short time and publication was suspended in 1875. The following year, the citizens feeling the need of a local paper, raised $600 by subscription toward the purchase of type and material and employed William Freed- man to edit and publish the new paper, which was named the Standard. But again financial difficulties arose, Freedman resigned his post and suspension of the paper followed. Then, through the activity of Carl A. Dilg. the Chicago Sun sought to supply the need with a Blue Island edition of that paper, Mr. Dilg being in editorial charge. This also did not re- ceive sufficient patronage to warrant its continu- ance, was discontinued, and was shortly fol- lowed by the Standard-Herald under the editor- ship of a man named Gardner. In the mean- time Dilg had continued his activities with the Chicago Beobachter, as editor of the Blue Is- land edition of that paper. During the summer of 1880, Gardner sold the Standard-Herald to S. F. Wuest, and Mr. Dilg was made associate editor, but still con- tinued to edit the Blue Island edition of the Beobachter. Wuest renamed the paper the Blue Island Standard, introduced business methods and put the enterprise on a more sure financial basis than it had ever been. I have lying in front of me a copy of the Blue Island Standard dated May 25, 1882, which I believe is the oldest copy in existence of a Blue Island newspaper. The mast-head states that the Standard is "an independent weekly published every Thursday morning by S. F. Wuest, proprietor.'' The subscription price was $1.25 per year postpaid. It is an eight-page paper with patent for readv-print) on the four inside pages. It has five columns to the page and there are eleven columns of local and one column of medical preparations advertising. The front and back pages are devoted entirely to display advertis- ing, leaving only the fourth and fifth pages for local news. Among the advertisers we find such well-known names as H. B. Robinson, John M. Green, Louis Luchtemeyer, F. A. Reich. F. Schapper, Emil Boehl. Paul Klenk, Aug. Boeber, S. D. Jones, Mrs. C. A. Dilg, Louis Esche, Edw. Sevfarth, Emil Schmitt, Archie Murphy, F. G. Diefenbach, Herman Seyfarth. A. W. Schmidt. Jacob Link. Henry Beer, Wm. Black, H. W. Schmitt. Edw. Eichhoff. Wm. F. Cordt, August Koenecke, H. H. Massey and others. Doctors advertising were J. W. Harmon, J. S. KaufTman. Carl Faber, and E. C. Read; lawyers: Rexford & Prentice; Harmon & Smith; Borman & Burn- ham. There is a notice among the local news which indicates that Mr. Dilg had just recently severed his connection as associate editor of the paper. An astrologer, this article states, had 252 'THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS' given Mr. Dilg a "nativity" delineation which, foretold many happenings in Mr. Dilg's life and among other things predicted that the Stand- ard was to become in the near future, "a mighty engine for public good." Feistkorn started his "Herald" in a basement room of the old Robinson (later Zacharias) building on the west side of Western avenue. When Freedman assumed management of the "Standard-Herald" he moved the office across the street into a small building owned by the Sauerteig's. It was even in those days a rather dilapidated frame building with only a door and a small window in front. But to me it was the most interesting as well as the most myster- ious place in the village, for here the "black art".- — which name I had heard many times applied to printing — was practiced. As a boy of 9 or 10 years, at every opportunity I would stand with my face pressed against the window pane peering inside to watch the mysterious operation of printing. When Wuest bought the paper from Gardner he moved the plant to a frame building located just south of the old Union House on Western avenue, and settled down to getting out a news- paper that would endure. In this he was more successful than his predecessors had been and in the early eighties the shop was moved to more commodious quarters on the second floor of the Emil Boehl brick building (in later years occu- pied by Wessel's market.) Here I had my first real opportunity to gratify my boyish longing to see the inside workings of a printing plant. Being a schoolmate of Mr. Wuest's younger brothers, Sam and Art, I soon had frequent access to the shop when in their company and it was not long before I had be- come initiated in the mystery of "sticking type" and "kicking" the job press. As I look back I realize that the plant and equipment of those days was of the very crudest kind. Aside from the very limited supply of type and small tools the mechanical equipment comprised a wobbly job press which was pro- pelled by foot power and the newspaper press, a home-made affair which consisted simply of a strong bed built of planks on which the type forms were placed. The forms were then inked by passing a roller over them and then the white newspaper sheets (previously dampened) were laid on the type. A heavy iron roller (said to have been a piece of railroad car axle) thickly padded with felt and covered with muslin was then rolled over the paper. This operation trans- ferred the inked impression of the type to one side of the newspaper sheet. After a quantity of paper sufficient to satisfy the circulation had been printed in this way another form was placed on the bed and the operation already described was repeated to complete the paper. In the light of present day achievements in the printing art nothing could possibly have been more crude than the method employed in pro- ducing the pioneer newspaper of Blue Island, yet to me at that time it was a marvelous and fascinating process and I determined when I was old enough to become a printer. The opportunity to realize that ambition pre- sented itself rather sooner than I had anticipated by the advent in Blue Island of one Eugene M. Pope, a young college graduate who had just been married and who was nursing a belief that he was cut out to be a great editor. Mr. Pope acquired ownership of The Stand- ard in the fall of 1883 and again the plant trav- eled to a new location. This time to 295 West- ern avenue, an old brick building standing on the east side of Western avenue, about half way between Vermont and New streets. Pope was not a printer and did not know the first rudiments of the trade, but his wife had worked in a printing plant and could "stick" type. His first move however was to discard the old wooden newspaper press and to put in a job press large enough to print one page at a time of a five-column newspaper. One day I heard that a boy was wanted to "learn the trade" at the printing office. Here was my opportunity. I applied for the place and got it. So I cut short my school days, though I was not yet sixteen years of age. This was in the spring of 1884 and ever since that time I have been "at the game" — go- ing clear through the mill — "devil", apprentice, printer, reporter, editor, publisher, until the present time heading a $50,000 printing corpor- ation — a busy and strenuous period of half a century. Mr. Pope paid me $3 a week "to begin." But as I already had a slight knowledge of how type was set I advanced rapidly and within a few months was doing all the job work, setting and printing statements, letter heads, business cards, etc. Mr. Pope did the writing and Mrs. Pope and I set the type. Pope was strong on "heavy" editorials. I will say that he was a good writer and his editorials were a feature occupying several columns of the paper each week. Syndicate plate matter, which now offers easy and unlimited "filler" material for newspapers, was then almost unknown and I remember we No. 2J Vlij &«< Is/and. 7Ja/^ ) t - -4« ?rcg s : ore r "E SATURDAY 5UN. WPHOVFD "111 .,t..- Your Liberty Bond in Blue Island and Help This City "GO OVER THE T< 3 THE BLUE ISLAND SUN BLUE ISLAND, ll.r... The Standard. 3LUE ISL«NO. ILL.. FRIOAf. DECEMBER 4. BUm® BsSasmdl Sunmi-SitamidlaiM By Mml SI SO Pn Year •-The Only Newspaper Printed In Blue Island-* Merchants "The Paper Of Personality and P„ r 9 ^> ""' ' "• rersonauty and Purpose " Consumtri 3 PRFSX FIGHT MR 71; I OP* I Tr IP. irnon in,/ n.o SUBURBAN ADVERTISER Devoted to the Interests of Progressive Merchants in Chicago's Great South'! vestern Trading Area AN. CLEARANCES L _ 1 __ ^ C0AL HEAI ."»' DEALERS SHOW 1935 AUTOS « 254 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS : were often sorely pressed to fill out even the few columns which the paper contained at that time. In order that the paper might not have to go to press at some time or other with emptv spaces in its columns Pope would hold five or six of his best editorials in type and then when a dearth of news made it necessary we would shove in one of these editorials under the cap- tion "Reprinted by Request." In the summer time on Saturday afternoons, the boss and I would "fly kites" in the old Wattles pasture, where the Rock Island yards now are located, and in the winter time we would go coasting down "Fox's hill." Imagine a boss and his employe pulling stunts like that now! Well, along in 1884, Pope, who in the mean- time had been studying law, got enough of the newspaper game and sold out to S. C. ("Steve") Reed, an old residenter and well known through- out this entire section. (Mr. Reed died at his home in Hamlet, Ind., January 3, 1934, and was buried in Mt. Greenwood cemetery following solemn rites held in Masonic Temple, January 13, 1934.) Reed was a hustler and in a little while the business of the shop and the advertising patron- age of the paper had more than doubled. Mr. Reed put his step-son, Howard Hamilton, who was one year my senior in age, into the shop and between us we did the mechanical work while Reed did the writing and looked after the advertising. May Reed and my sister Anna Volp also were employed setting type for the paper. During this time I was given an opportunity to exercise my ability as a reporter covering the meetings of the village board. There was a good reason for assigning me to this job as many of the early village board meetings were conducted in a conglomeration of English, Ger- man and Plattdeutsch, and although all of these were familiar to me it was still a task at times to follow discussions where the three mixed promiscuously in rapid-fire talk. For even up to this time the original agreement that was made when the village was organized was being observed. This agreement was that the city offices should be distributed as equally as pos- sible between the "Yankees," as the early Eng- lish settlers were known, and the Germans, and arose from the fact that although Blue Island was originally settled by the English the years 1840 to 1860 saw such an influx of Germans that when the village form of government was adopted the German citizens were largelv in the majority. This arrangement worked out rather satisfac- torily but it led to some peculiar situations in the transaction of early village business. The board at that time met in a frame build- ing facing on Greenwood avenue near the site of the present police station. It was a combination of village hall and fire house, the hand-drawn hose cart and the hook and ladder truck, with its rows of fire buckets suspended on each side, standing in the background while the city fathers deliberated seated at a long table. One day in the fall of 1888, Mr. Reed called Howard Hamilton and myself to his desk and nearly took our breaths with the question : "How would you boys like to buy the paper and printing plant?" Mr. Reed had become interested more and more in politics and. we knew, had been chafing for some time because he was tied down by the newspaper, but the question fired at us point- blank nearly floored us. Here were two boys each earning $9 a week, neither one with a dollar saved up, asked to buy a printing plant for which $2500 was asked! I knew that my whole capital at that time was the As-eek's wages I had then due me, and Ham- ilton was in the same boat. When we told Reed of our fix he said : "That's all right; I'll take your notes and you can pay me as you go along. I know you boys can do better for vourselves than you can working this way. Well, there we were; the deal was closed and the firm of Hamilton & Volp, printers and pub- lishers of The Standard, came into existence. My business association with Howard Ham- ilton is one of the experiences of my life I always look back to with the greatest pleasure and satisfaction. He was a fine young man and one of the best friends I ever had. We entered upon our new vecture with great enthusiasm and immediately sought to broaden our field. Morgan Park, Washington Heights and Fern- wood were then under separate village govern- ments. i 1 or some time the shop had been doing commercial printing for the merchants in these communities and we knew that there had been some agitation to get local newspapers started there. This demand we at once sought to fill and in 1889 "The Morgan Park Standard," "The Washington Heights Journal," and "The Fern- wood Herald," made their debut in the com- munities named. I failed to mention that during Reed's owner- ship of The Standard the plant had been moved BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 255 to the second floor of the new Schapper build- ing, adjoining the drug store. A modern news- paper press had been installed and other equip- ment added which made it a pretty fair plant except that power to drive the machinery was lacking. This we supplied shortly after taking hold by the addition of a steam boiler and engine. This was a long step ahead. We were now "power" printers and could turn out work in larger quantities and more expeditiously than before. For several years ours was the only printing plant south of 63rd street equipped with power. The firm of Hamilton & Volp prospered dur- ing this time and we were able to pay off a large share of the debt we had assumed when we purchased the business. Our new papers were doing fine and the future looked bright. But suddenly all this was thrust into gloom. Mr. Hamilton, who married during our second year in business, was taken sick and threatened with consumption. His doctor advised immedi- ate retirement from business and a trip to the Pacific coast as the only possible chance to regain his health. This meant a quick sale and the raising of all the money he could get hold of. Still burdened with my own debts and unable to at once raise the funds needed Mr. Hamilton was obliged to sell to others. Wade Errett, lately employed by the Chicago Newspaper LInion, was the pur- chaser. The firm of Errett & Volp was short-lived and was in almost every way the exact opposite to that which had preceded it. Errett was a man much older than myself, and — well — the com- bination just wouldn't work! So in the summer of 1894 I sold my interest in The Standard to Mr. Errett, bought a com- plete new printing outfit and in September of the same year "The Saturday Sun" made its ap- pearance. This name was soon changed to "The Rlue Island Sun." For two years the plant was located at 232 Vermont st., and then moved to the Log Cabin, near the Rock Island tracks. This historic build- ing was the home of the Sun for twenty-one years. The new paper had "tough sledding" in its early vears, bitter competition and the panic of 1895 almost sweeping it out of existence. It survived, however, and from that time on gained steadily in circulation and influence, distanc- ing its older contemporary in all respects with- in a few years. Wade Errett continued as publisher of The Standard until the time of his death, which oc- curred about 1908. Then his widow, Mrs. Lennora Errett, conducted the paper for a num- ber of years, after which her sons, Wade and Clyde, successively took turns at it. In the spring of 1918 Roy Phillips and Nor- ris Quinn. who were then publishing a Ridge paper known as The Weekly Review, obtained control of The Standard and in October of the same year, when an- extreme shortage of news- print paper, incident to the war period, caused many newspapers to cease or suspend publi- cation, a consolidation of The Standard and The Sun was effected under the present name "Blue Island Sun-Standard." Thus, after a period of "estrangement" lasting nearly twenty- five years The Standard, my first newspaper property, came back home to me. On April 30, 1920, the Blue Island Publish- ing Corporation was organized with capital of $50,000, John H. Volp, Norris W. Quinn, Roy Phillips and Moses Kammerman being the in- corporators. The properties taken over by this corporation consisted of the John H. Volp printing plant, the Blue Island Sun, the Stand- ard and the Weekly Review. In July. 1920, the corporation obtained a fif- teen-year lease on the W. 0. King laundry building at 281 Vermont street and the printing plant was moved to the larger and immensely better quarters. Shortly after this move was made it was found advantageous to separate the newspapers from the mechanical, or printing, department and handle them as a separate proposition. Roy Phillips, Moses Kammerman, and Norris Quinn assigned their interest in the printing plant to me but retained their holdings in the Sun-Standard. This then left me in complete control of the Blue Island Publishing Corpora- tion, while the newspaper, in which I had a half interest, was owned bv a separate private company. Under the consolidation agreement Norris W. Quinn became the editor and Roy Phillips, business manager. I continued as publisher and devoted my time to general supervision of the business. In March of 1921, Mr. Quinn accepted a position as feature writer with a large press syndicate and sold his interest in the Sun-Standard to Roy Phillips. Moses Kam- merman of Morgan Park, who since the con- solidation had been in charge of advertising, resigned in the early part of 1920 and in Aug- ust of that year Homer B. Clemmons, formerly with the Englewood Times, joined the Sun- Standard staff as advertising manager. In March. 1921. Mr. Clemmons identified himself 256 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" more closely with the paper by buying a half interest of Mr. Phillips' holdings. At this time, also, Myron Jones, lately of Huntsville, Ala- bama, was engaged as editor and in the follow- ing June he, too, acquired part ownership in the Sun-Standard by buying a one-fourth interest, the balance of the Phillips-Quinn holdings. The owners of the Sun-Standard then, at that time, were John H. Volp, with a half interest In the spring of 1930, Selwyn Otis and Arthur r oigt secured an option to buy the Suburban Star, and on March 15, 1930, the name "Associa- ted Suburban Publishers," which had been used since establishment of the Star, was incorporated with capital stock of $5,000.00, the incorporators being E. W. Little, Selwyn Otis and Arthur Voigt. On August 14, 1930, the capital stock of the BHuae Maundl § mum- Standard! -"The Only flicu ip'.'fter "-inted In Blue Ittond" FORWARD! With One Hundred Years of Successful Growth Behind Her, Blue Island Presses Onward To Creater Heights In the Glorious Future .... Front Page, Centennial Edition Blue Island Sun-Standard and Homer Clemmons and Myron Jones each with a quarter interest. In the spring of 1923 we began the publica- tion of The Suburban Star, devoted to the in- terest of the communities in the North Ridge section. This newspaper is now in its thirteenth year and firmly established. Some of the edi- tors who have served on the Star are Myron Jones, Harold Clemmons, Selwyn Otis and Charles Lakin. Since 1934 it has been under the editorial management of Wesley Volp. March 1, 1928, Myron Jones sold his one- fourth interest in the Sun-Standard to Roy Massena and several associates and moved to Texas. Hill Lakin, who previously had assisted Mr. Jones, then became the editor. Associated Suburban Publishers was increased from $5,000 to $50,000, and a reorganization of the various interests was effected. Under this new set-up the Suburban Star and the Blue Is- land Sun-Standard were merged. The name Suburban Star was chosen for the consolidated sheet as being more comprehensive in territorial scope than the older and more localized "Blue Island" Sun-Standard. This belief I did not share, but I was willing to go along and try it out. I felt that to dis- card a name that had grown up with the com- munity, that had stood the test of time and had become, one might say, a household word, was a mistake of the gravest kind. And so it proved to be. BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 257 The first issue of the paper under the new name was dated August 29. 1930. Hill Lakin and Selwyn Otis composed the editorial staff; Homer Clemmons and Arthur Voigt, advertis- ing; Myron Jones, business manager. The name Suburban Star did not "take" local- ly and the prestige that was once enjoyed by the Blue Island Sun-Standard began to fade. Myron Jones, who had been engaged to man- age the Suburban Star when the papers were merged, tendered his resignation in February, 1932. and it was accepted as effective February, 27. 1932. The name, Suburban Star, was continued until the end of 1934, two editions being printed each week- — one known as Blue Island edition, the other as Ridge edition. In the January 4. 1935, edition, under the caption, "An Old Friend Greets You," an- nouncement was made that the newspaper had resumed its old name — Blue Island Sun-Standard — and that the former Ridge edition would carry the name Suburban Star. That is the situation at the present time and the change back to the original names has proven beneficial to both newspapers. Hill Lakin is editor and Homer Clemmons advertis- ing manager of the Sun-Standard. Wesley Volp is editor and manager and Elmer Lysen news editor of the Suburban Star. The officers of the Associated Suburban Pub- lishers, incorporated, are: John H. Volp, presi- dent and business manager; Harold Volp, vice president; Homer B. Clemmons, treasurer; Jo- seph W. Lentz, secretary. # # » Other Newspapers During the years covered by the life of the Sun-Standard and its related predecessors, a number of other papers have from time to time come into the local newspaper field, played their part, and then passed on to oblivion. Nearly all of them existed but a short time. Since a complete list is not available, I will mention a few that readily come to mind: Der Beobachter. (Blue Island edition) of which Charles Dilg was the editor. This was a popular newspaper among our German citizens in the late 70's and early 80's. The Crucible, published by Christian Zacher, (brother of the late August Zacher) 1891-92. Existed but a few months. Blue Island News, Paul Worden, editor. This paper was started in the spring of 1909 and was purely a political sheet. It was promoted and financed by a small group of men who op- posed the reelection of George Gobet as mayor. After the election, when there were no more campaign funds forthcoming, the paper passed into other hands. The Wattles boys tried to keep it alive but it soon passed out of existence. The Commercial Journal, Florence Crane, publisher; a small four-column eight-page paper, existed only a few months during the fall of 1900. The Golden Gate Post, J. L. Tucker, editor. A free distribution advertising and promotional sheet. Published during the summer and fall of 1928. The Economic Unit, a small publication printed in magazine form at irregular periods during the years 1924 and 1925. Leslie ("Ben- nie" ) Leonard was the editor and publisher. The Free Press, Myron Jones, editor. Short- ly after Jones severed his connection with the Sun-Standard in February, 1932, he started an "opposition" paper named as above. The first issue was dated March 3, 1932, it faded rapidly during 1934 and by fall it had passed out. Suburban Advertiser, a standard size adver- tising newspaper established in 1933 by Asso- ciated Suburban Publishers and printed in the plant of the Blue Island Publishing Corpora- tion. It was distributed free by carrier through- out the Blue Island and Beverly Hills trading area. Publication was discontinued in 1935. Blue Island Bulletin, a weekly advertising sheet printed by Roy Andrews at Midlothian and distributed free to residents of Blue Island. The paper was started in February, 1933, in standard 6-column size. It has since been changed to tabloid form. Suburban Shopper, C. Den Herder, pub- lisher. A weekly free distribution advertising sheet, started December 4, 1935. Tabloid size. "The first fatal accident on the Rock Island railroad near here occurred in September, 1857, about five miles south of Blue Island. A man named Seeman was crossing the tracks driving a voke of cattle hitched to a wagon. A train coming on struck his wagon, killed one of the oxen and capsized the wagon on himself, killing him almost instantly. Justice Heber Rexford held an inquest on the body and a verdict was rendered in accordance with the facts." — Chi- cago Democrat, September 15, 1857. # * * From the Standard, February 27, 1891 : "Dip- nets have been in great demand the past few days. Fish are plentiful in Stony creek and large numbers of them have been carried home." 258 "THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" City Council Notes (Continued from Page 182) March 7, 1921— Charles J. Olson resigned from city council as alderman of the Fifth ward. Mr. Olson was a candidate for mayor at the April election. March 21, 1921 — Passed Ordinance No. 965, establishing daylight saving time for Blue Island. April 25, 1921 — Awarded contract for audit- ing city's books and records to Jonathan B. Cook & Co., for $225.00. Result of the general city election held April 19, 1921, was as follows: Mayor— Paul T. Klenk (defeating E. B. Bron- son and Charles J. Olson.) City Clerk — George J. Landgraf. City Treasurer — Harvey L. Melvin. Police Magistrate — Henry Buhring (defeating Edmund Sorgenfrei, George Draeger and Peter Heintz) . Aldermen — First ward, Henry J. Schnurstein; Second ward, George F. Fiedler; Third ward, Charles Andersen; Fourth ward, Joseph W. Lentz; Fifth ward, J. P. Wiessner (full term); to fill vacancy, Edward Hopf. Total number of votes cast, 4741. Men Women Total First ward 413 337 750 Second ward 378 298 676 Third ward 384 318 702 Fourth ward 633 536 1169 Fifth ward 607 591 1198 June 20, 1921 — Voted to place a traffic guide light at the corner of Western avenue and Ver- mont street at cost of $80. Roy Massena reappointed city attorney. Council voted to purchase street signs for all street intersections on Western avenue, between 119th street and 135th street at a cost of $411.37. Ben Steffes resigned from police department after more than 20 years of service. September 6, 1921 — Mayor Klenk appointed the following committee to cooperate with the American Legion in the matter of deciding on a suitable memorial for soldiers serving in the late war: J. P. Wiessner, chairman; Joseph W. Lentz, C. J. Andersen. Passed Ordinance No. 976, "regulating the right of children to be on public streets at night." This was a curfew law. A similar law was passed by the city council under. Mavor Gobet, May 18, 1908. The question of redisricting the city into ad- ditional wards was discussed at a meeting of the city council on Sept. 19, 1921, but the Judiciary committee reported "owing to the fin- ancial condition of the city, we recommend the wards be left as they now are. until the city is better fixed financially. Passed Ordinance No. 984, "regulating the discharge and sale of fireworks in the City of Blue Island." On September 21, 1921. Mayor Klenk return- ed this ordinance to the council with his veto, reciting five reasons for his action. The council sustained the veto, and referred the ordinance back to the Fire Committee to be redrafted to conform to the mayor's recom- mendations. Voted to purchase a Pitometer to cost $250 for use of the water department. (This instru- ment is used in locating leaks, etc). Passed revised water ordinance. Passed a resolution segregating the receipts and expenditures chargeable to the water fund from the general corporate accounts. Nov. 28, 1921 — Passed anti-smoke ordinance. An epidemic of diphtheria, which, for a time, threatened to close the schools, was a matter of great concern to the health commissioner and city physician at this time. Prompt and drastic regulations by the city council, in cooperation with the health authorities, curbed a general spread of the disease. January 3, 1922 — Two platoon system put in- to effect in Blue Island fire department. Follow- ing were the first paid firemen appointed under this law: John Sauerbier, house captain and fire truck driver ; Charles Bailey, Howard Baker, Harry R. Hammond, firemen. February 6, 1922 — George Pettijohn resigned as member of the Library board owing to his moving from the city. Willis N. Rudd appoint- ed by the mayor to fill the unexpired term. March 22, 1922— Special Market Day com- mittee reported that "after a careful and pains- taking poll of the territory affected by the Blue Island Market showed a majority of the resi- dents and taxpayers in favor of abolishing the market." Committee therefore recommends that all ordinances now in effect in any way regulat- ing or affecting the market be repealed. Repealing Ordinance No. 997 was then passed and the day, commonly known as Blue Island Market Day, officially came to an end within the city limits May 1, 1922. May 15, 1922— Passed Ordinance No. 1001, providing for the paving with concrete, grading BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 259 and curbing the following system of streets: Canal street, from the east line of Western avenue to the west line of Division street; Market street, Broadway and Desplaines street, from the east line of Western avenue to the east line of State street; Rexford street. Gregory street. Wabash street, Chicago street and State street from the south line of Canal street to the north line of Desplaines street : and Chatham street from the south line of Canal street to the south limits of the city. Engineer's estimate of this improve- ment. $165,250.87. June 5, 1922 — Ordered repaving with brick of both sides of Western avenue from 119th street to Burr Oak avenue, money to be appropriated from vehicle and corporate funds. Passed an ordinance requiring railroad com- panies to properly light the places where the streets are intersected by railroad tracks. Passed Ordinance No. 1005, concerning the licensing of paint and wall paper stores, and Ordinance No. 1006, concerning the licensing of hardware stores. Total water consumption for the period from Nov. 1, 1921 to May 5, 1922, according to Chi- cago meter readings, was 177.397.500 gallons. The city clerk reported that he had received the following complaints: "The awful dust on 123rd street." "The awful dust on Vincennes avenue." "The awful dust on Ogden avenue." "The awful condition of 119th street, between Vincennes avenue and Western avenue." Action to have these streets oiled was taken. A communication from the Illinois Commerce Commission, in regard to the rebuilding and widening of the viaduct over Western avenue, provided that the work should be completed on or before June 30, 1923, and that the cost of this improvement be spread as follows: the Rock Island railroad company to pay $21,800; the Chicago & Interurban Traction company $7000, and the City of Blue Island, $7000. In reply to a question that was asked by Alderman Koenecke at a previous council meet- ing as to whether or not the dirt excavated from under sidewalks belonged to the city, City At- torney Massena gave it as his opinion that the dirt under sidewalks belongs to the city, quoting as authority a court decision rendered in a case of that nature in La Salle, 111. The annual appropriation bill passed at this meeting called for a total of $137,303.24 for all municipal purposes. Sept. 18, 1922— Committee on Plats, Public Grounds and Buildings recommended that a sep- arate heating system be installed at the public library building, thus doing away with the underground steam line from the city plant. Council supported the recommendation unan- imously and instructed city clerk to advertise for bids to have the change made. Oct. 2, 1922 — City council voted to accept in- vitation of Rock Island railroad to participate in the observance of the 70th anniversary of the railroad to be held at the Blue Island depot on October 7. Replying to questions raised in connection with vendors and peddlers I with particular ref- Rocco Guglielmiicci AIdc>- ma ii Third W(trd 18 Years erence to market day) City Attorney Roy Mas- sena quoted the following paragraphs from the statutes: "Section 23 of Chapter 5 of the Revised Statutes of Illinois allows every farmer, fruit and vine grower, and gardener, to sell his own produce in any place or market where such ar- ticles are usually sold without paying any state, county or city tax or license. "With reference to the right of former soldiers and sailors of the United States or of the State of Illinois, honorably discharged from the mili- tary service, to vend, hawk and peddle goods without a license, Sections 626-627, of Chapter 24 of the Revised Statutes of Illinois make it mandatory for the city clerk to issue a license, without fee, to such former soldier or sailor." Bought a team of horses for the East Side Fire Company from George Roll for $300, and voted to sell the team now r being used at the No. 4 firehouse. Nov. 6, 1922 — Awarded contract for install- ing heating plant in the public library to Pron- ger Bros., on their bid of $775.00. Entered into an agreement with the City of Chicago to pay said city for care of prisoners sent from Blue Island to the House of Correc- 260 THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS" tion at the rate of 50 cents per day for each day said prisoners are confined therein. Feb. 5, 1923 — Mayor Klenk reappointed George Oetjen, Frank X. Rauwolf and John C. Joens members of the board of directors of the Blue Island Public Library. Passed Ordinance No. 1017, designating Ver- mont street a "through street." April 23, 1923 — Granted the Fans Association a permit to place a memorial monument at the Paid Klenk Mayor of Blue Island 1921 - 1929 north-east intersection of Burr Oak and Western avenues. A canvass of the votes cast at the general city election held April 17, 1923, showed the following to have been elected: Mayor— Paul Klenk. City Clerk — George J. Landgraf. City Treasurer — George J. Roll. Aldermen — First Ward, Harold Volp; sec- ond ward, George F. Fiedler; Third ward, Charles Andersen ; fourth ward, Joseph W. Lentz; fifth ward, J. P. Wiessner. Total number of votes cast in all wards — 3243. May 21, 1923 — City council received notice that Chicago Sanitary District will positively discontinue the furnishing of electrical energy in Blue Island on August 5, 1923, when the temporary three year contract expires. June 4, 1923— Passed Ordinance No. 1037, amending Ordinance No. 894, "regulating the sale of firearms and other dangerous weapons." July 2, 1923 — Mayor Klenk reported that he had revoked the hotel license of Phil Kimmel, keeper of the Burr Oak Hotel on the ground that he was maintaining a house of ill fame. The mayor's action was sustained by the city council. Entered into contract with Alvord, Burdick and Hovvson to make an examination and report on the question of a municipal electric light and power plant for the city of Blue Island. July 16, 1923— Granted Gilbert & Bennett Mfg. Co. permission to make a 6-inch water main connection with the city's main in Burr Oak avenue at the western limits of the city. Voted to borrow .$1000 to complete oiling of streets. Passed annual appropriation ordinance. Total for all purposes $258,731.57. August 8, 1923 — Adopted resolutions on the death of President Warren Harding, who died August 2, 1923. Mayor Klenk proclaimed August 10th, be- tween noon and sunset, as a time of mourning; that all business houses close during this time, and that all citizens attend the memorial ser- vices at Central Park from 3 to 4 o'clock as a mark of honor and respect. Agreement With Public Service Co. August 13, 1923 — Entered into an agreement with the Public Service Co. of Northern Illinois for the sale to the company, for the sum of .$54,000, of poles, cross arms, wires, fixtures and other appurtenances (with certain excep- tions ) comprising a part of the general street lighting system of the city of Blue Island; also granting the company a franchise "to construct, maintain and operate for a term of thirty years a system for distribution and sale of electricity for lighting, heating and power purposes." Section 1, of Ordinance No. 1047, reads as follows: "That the City of Blue Island sell to Public Service Company of Northern Illinois, for the sum of Fifty- four thousand ($54,000.00) Dollars in cash upon the delivery by said City to said Public Service Company of Northern Illinois of the property herein described, and of a good and sufficient deed of sale thereof, the following described personal property, to wit: All poles, cross arms, wires, fixtures and other appurtenanc- es, as described in a certain inventory bearing date of April 28th, 1923, a copy of which is on file in the of- fice of the City Clerk of the City of Blue Island (with the exception of approximately two hundred ninety-six (296) series street lamps together with approximately one hundred seventy-eight (178) poles and the brackets and wires, comprising the general series street lighting system, of said City of Blue Island and also with the exception of approximately one hundred four (104) ornamental street lamps, together with the brackets BLUE ISLAND HISTORICAL REVIEW 261 and wires, comprising the ornamental street 1 i jrli t i nix system, erected on trolley poles <>f t he Chicago and Fnterurban Traction Company in Western Avenue and Vincennes Wenue in said City of Blue Island, and all other personal property now used in and about and forming a part of the electric distribution system of the City of Blue Island. Cook County, Illinois." Ordinance No. 1048 provides for the sale and distribution of electricity. Section 1 reads as follows: ■'That right, permission and authority be and the same are hereb) granted to Public Service Company of Northern Illinois, it- successors and assigns (here- inafter referred to as the "Grantee'), to construct, maintain and operate in the City of Blue Island I here- inafter referred to as the 'Municipality") in the State of Illinois, for a term of thirty (30) years a system for the distribution and sale of electricity for lighting, heating and power purposes, within and outside the corporate limits of said Municipality, and to construct, maintain and operate all necessary poles, wires, con- duits and apparatus necessary or convenient for such system in, upon, along, over, across, above and under each and all of the streets, alleys, avenues, and other public places in said Municipality, subject to the con- ditions and regulations hereinafter set forth." "If said purchase be consummated hereunder, the Company shall pay for said property the sum of Twenty-seven Thousand Dollars ($27,000.00) payable as follows: Twelve Thouand Dollars ($12,000) in cash upon the transfer of said property to the Company and the remaining Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15.000 > in five (5 1 equal annual installments of Three Thous- and Dollars (3.000.00) each, the first installment to be paid one ( 1 ) year after the date of said transfer and the remaining installments to be paid at intervals of one (1) year thereafter." [Note: The $27,000 payment specified in the above paragraph is for equipment not included in the in- ventory bearing date of April 28. 1923. and is in addi- tion to the $48,000 mentioned in section 1 of Ordinance No. 1047. Altogether Blue Island received $85,000 for the sale of its street lighting system to the Public Service Company. The "ornamental street lights" re- ferred to in the preceeding paragraphs were those mounted on brackets on the iron trolley poles along Western and Vincennes avenues and were not included in the sale.] The agreements set forth above were not con- cluded at once, but obligated the company to "make the purchase at the price and in the manner aforesaid only in case the City shall: " S> SO _C0 § S» ^ so co* v £ 5- co so S co 5^ *> ^ Cs B £ 55 41 ?3 CO •si SO -3 ^ si CO CO CO a ^ S "O so CO e CO CO CO